Annual report
Page 1
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 or ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to . Commission File Number: 001-36733 AXALTA COATING SYSTEMS LTD. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Bermuda 2851 98-1073028 (State or other jurisdiction ofincorporation or organization) (Primary Standard IndustrialClassification Code Number) (I.R.S. EmployerIdentification No.) 1050 Constitution Avenue Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19112 (855) 547-1461 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Shares, $1.00 par value AXTA New York Stock Exchange (Title of class) (Trading symbol) (Exchange on which registered) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer ☒ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ As of June 30, 2025, the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $7,550 million (based on the closing sale price of the common stock on that date on the New York Stock Exchange). As of February 6, 2026, there were 213,373,942 shares of the registrant’s common shares outstanding. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Part III incorporates information by reference from the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of Members. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
Page 2
Table of Contents PART I ITEM 1. Business 3 ITEM 1A. Risk Factors 13 ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 33 ITEM 1C. Cybersecurity 33 ITEM 2. Properties 34 ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings 35 ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 35 PART II ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and IssuerPurchases of Equity Securities 38 ITEM 6. Reserved 38 ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results ofOperations 39 ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 56 ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 58 ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and FinancialDisclosure 106 ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures 106 ITEM 9B. Other Information 106 ITEM 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 106 PART III ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 107 ITEM 11. Executive Compensation 107 ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and RelatedShareholder Matters 107 ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 107 ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 107 PART IV ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 108 ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary 113 Signatures 114 2
Page 3
Table of Contents PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (“Axalta,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us”), a Bermuda exempted holding company incorporated in 2012, is a leading global manufacturer, marketer and distributor of high-performance coatings systems and products. We have over a 150- year heritage in the coatings industry and are known for manufacturing high-quality products with well-recognized brands supported by market-leading technology and customer service. Over the course of our history we have remained at the forefront of our industry by continually developing innovative coatings technologies and services designed to enhance the performance, appearance and sustainability attributes of our customers’ products, while improving their productivity and profitability. Our diverse global footprint allows us to meet the needs of our customer base through an extensive sales force and technical support organization, as well as independent, locally-based distributors. Our scale and strong local presence are critical to our success, allowing us to leverage our technology portfolio and customer relationships globally while meeting customer demands locally. We operate our business in two operating segments, Performance Coatings and Mobility Coatings, serving four end-markets globally as highlighted below. The table above reflects numbers for the year ended December 31, 2025. 3
Page 4
Table of Contents Net sales for our four end-markets and four regions for the year ended December 31, 2025 are highlighted below: Note: Latin America includes Mexico. EMEA represents Europe, Middle East and Africa. Proposed Merger with Akzo Nobel N.V. During November 2025, we entered into a Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with Akzo Nobel N.V., a public company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (“AkzoNobel”) providing for the combination of the Company and AkzoNobel in an all-stock merger (the “Merger”). See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. SEGMENT OVERVIEW Performance Coatings Through our Performance Coatings segment, we provide high-quality sustainable liquid and powder coating solutions to both large regional and global customers and to a fragmented and local customer base. These customers comprise, among others, independent or multi-shop operator body shops as well as a wide variety of industrial manufacturers. We are one of only a few suppliers with the technology to provide precise color matching and highly durable coatings systems. The end-markets within this segment are refinish and industrial. 4
Page 5
Table of Contents Performance Coatings End-Markets Refinish Sales in the refinish end-market are driven by the number of vehicle collisions, owners’ and insurers’ willingness to repair vehicles, the number of miles vehicle owners drive and the size of the car parc. Although refinish coatings typically represent only a small portion of the overall vehicle repair cost, they are critical to the vehicle owner’s satisfaction given their impact on appearance. As a result, body shop operators are focused on coatings manufacturers with a strong track record of performance and reliability. Body shops look for coatings manufacturers with productivity enhancements, regulatory compliance, consistent quality, the presence of ongoing technical support, an attractive service portfolio and exact color match technologies. Color matching is a critical component of coatings manufacturer selection, since inexact matching adversely impacts vehicle appearance, and if repainting is required due to a poor match, it can reduce the speed and volume of repairs at a given shop. Sustainability is another important component of coatings supplier selection as the current market trend is for products that are inherently more environmentally friendly and use less energy, such as our specially-formulated waterborne and our high solids solventborne products that improve productivity and performance, while reducing the impact on the environment. We develop, market and supply a complete portfolio of innovative coatings systems and color matching technologies to facilitate faster automotive collision repairs relative to competing technologies. Our color matching technology provides Axalta-specific formulations that enable body shops to accurately match thousands of vehicle colors, regardless of vehicle brand, color, age or supplier of the original paint during production. It would be time-consuming and costly for a new entrant to create such an extensive color inventory. Industrial The industrial end-market comprises liquid, e-coat and powder coatings used in a broad array of end-business applications. Within the industrial end-market, we focus on the following: • Building Products: Focused on North America, offering leading innovation for performance, style, and durability in liquid coatings serving the OEMs and aftermarket building segments, including external finishes, kitchen cabinets, flooring and furniture. • Construction: Global solutions in liquid and powder coatings for applications such as window frames, structural steel, steel roofing, and metal building materials, typically used in residential, industrial, commercial, and monumental buildings. Coil coaters benefit from our performance solutions for applications serving customers producing buildings as well as appliances, lighting, garage doors, HVAC systems and trailers. Architects and designers can benefit from the advice of our in-house color experts, superior technical service and the latest trend collections available in our dedicated color experience rooms and digital tools. • Energy & Battery Solutions: Innovative technologies in liquid and powder coatings for battery performance, insulation and conduction to enable innovation in the electrification and energy transition market. These innovative technologies complement our solutions to insulate copper wire used in motors and transformers and our coatings insulate sheets forming magnetic circuits of motors and transformers, computer elements and other electrical devices to provide increased motor and power efficiency. • Transportation: Key provider of liquid and powder coatings for vehicle components, chassis, and agricultural, construction, and earth moving equipment, that protect against corrosion, provide increased durability, and deliver a superior appearance. • General Metal Finishing: Global provider of multiple technologies for a wide array of applications, including racking and shelving, metal furniture, appliances, protective coating, pipes and tubes, metal enclosures and fencing, industrial components, gutters, garage and entry doors, HVAC systems, metal wall panels, and power storage and electrical boxes. Demand in this end-market is driven by a wide variety of macroeconomic factors, such as growth in GDP and new residential and commercial construction, as well as automotive and industrial production. There has also been an increase in demand for products that enhance environmental sustainability, corrosion resistance, productivity and color aesthetics, which we provide through a combination of e-coat, waterborne, solventborne, ultraviolet (“UV”) and powder technologies. Customers select industrial coatings based on protection, durability, appearance and value added through technical service and solutions, which can improve customers’ application sustainability and productivity. Performance Coatings Products and Brands We offer a comprehensive range of specially-formulated waterborne and solventborne products and systems used by the global automotive refinish industry to repair damaged vehicles. Our refinish products and systems comprise a range of coatings layers, as well as fillers, aerosols, and adhesives required to match the vehicle’s color and appearance, producing a repair surface indistinguishable from the adjacent surface. 5
Page 6
Table of Contents We provide systems that enable body shops to match approximately 230,000 color variations, using a database with more than four million formulations, globally. Our color technology is manifested in the pigment and dispersion technology that are utilized in our tints, one of the most technologically advanced parts of the refinish coatings system, which makes up most of our products in a body shop. We have a large color library and several well-known, long-standing premium brands, including Cromax , Standox , Spies Hecker , Syrox™, and Raptor , as well as other regional and local brands. Our color matching and retrieval systems allow customers to quickly match any color, reducing the need for body shop technicians to repeat the color matching process, which saves time and materials. The color matching process begins with a technician scanning a damaged vehicle with one of our advanced color matching tools, such as our Axalta Irus Scan™ hand-held spectrophotometer. The Axalta Irus Scan™ reads the vehicle color, evaluating both the unique flake and color characteristics of the specific vehicle. These characteristics may vary significantly, even for vehicles of the same make, model and original color, due to a variety of factors, including a vehicle’s age, plant at which it was assembled, weather conditions and operating history. The Axalta Irus Scan™ electronically connects with our ColorNet database and generates for the body shop technician the precise mix of tints and colors needed to recreate that specific color for the part being repaired. In addition to the Axalta Irus Scan™, we offer customers several other color matching tools, including our VINdicator database, which identifies vehicle color based on its vehicle identification number, and traditional color matching fan decks. We have launched a completely automated and hands-free mixing machine for our automotive refinish customers, Axalta Irus Mix™. Axalta Irus Mix™ delivers highly accurate color and works with Axalta’s innovative packaging, designed to help refinish customers meet or exceed key business goals, including maximizing profitability and minimizing environmental impact. We have also launched a global customer experience platform for refinish customers, Axalta Nimbus™. This technology seamlessly connects refinish customers to Axalta’s tools and resources to improve efficiency, enhance productivity, boost performance, and maximize profitability. With Axalta Nimbus™, customers have everything they need to power the refinish process in a single platform, including color retrieval, product ordering, inventory management, training resources, and support. By working together in a single platform, comprehensive business insights provide actionable data that help owners and managers make informed decisions to increase profitability and performance. Axalta Nimbus is designed to be easy to use with an intuitive user interface for increased efficiency and customizable capabilities based on business need. In addition, we are a leading global developer, manufacturer and supplier of functional and decorative liquid and powder coatings for a large number of diversified applications in the industrial end-market, including building materials, cabinet, wood and luxury vinyl flooring and furniture applications in North America. Our liquid systems are used to provide insulation and thermo-mechanical protection for electrical conductors and devices, protect automotive parts and serve as primers, basecoats, and clearcoats for alloy and steel wheels, and provide weatherability and corrosion protection for metal building and infrastructure projects. Powder coatings products, both thermoset and thermoplastic, are an environmentally responsible, higher transfer efficiency alternative to liquid coatings. These coatings are typically electrostatically sprayed using a specialized spray gun and cured to create a uniform, high-quality finish. In the oil and gas industry, our powder and liquid products are used to protect components from corrosion and severe conditions such as extreme temperatures, pressures, and harsh chemicals. Our major industrial brands include Imron® Industrial, Tufcote™ Industrial, Corlar™ Industrial, Strenex™ Industrial, PercoTop®, Voltatex®, AquaEC™, Durapon70®, Ceranamel™, UNRIVALED™, Zenamel™ and Cerulean™ for liquid coatings and Alesta® series, Nap-Gard®, Abcite® and Plascoat® for powder coatings. Performance Coatings Sales, Marketing and Distribution We leverage a large global refinish sales and technical support team to effectively serve our broad refinish customer base of approximately 96,000 body shops. Most of our products are supplied by our network of over 5,000 independent local distributors. In select regions, including parts of Europe, we also sell directly to body-shop customers through our company owned stores. These stores maintain an inventory of our products to fill orders from body shops in their market and assume credit risk and responsibility for logistics, delivery and billing. In certain countries, we utilize importers that buy directly from us and actively market our products to body shops. Our relationships with our top ten distributors are longstanding and continue to contribute to our success in the global refinish market. ® ® ® ® ® ® 6
Page 7
Table of Contents Our large refinish sales force manages relationships directly with our end-customers to drive demand for our products, which in turn are purchased through customers in our distributor network. Due to the local nature of the refinish industry, our sales force operates on a regional/country basis to provide clients with responsive customer service and local insight. As part of their coverage efforts, salespeople introduce new products to body shops and provide technical support and ongoing training. We currently have 48 customer training centers established globally, which helps to deepen our customer relationships. Our sales force also helps to drive shop productivity improvements and to install or upgrade body shop color matching and mixing equipment to improve shop profitability. Once a coating and color system is installed, a body shop almost exclusively uses its specific supplier’s products. The proprietary nature of a coatings supplier’s color systems, the substantial inventory needed to support a body shop and the body shop’s familiarity with an established brand lead to high levels of customer retention. Our customer retentions have been and continue to be strong. Our large direct sales team in industrial serves its end customers, driving demand which is then primarily filled directly or through channels of distribution and e-commerce. We leverage this dedicated sales force and technical service team to provide regional support and identify global innovation projects to meet evolving market needs. In the powder coatings segment, we believe we are one of only three truly global producers that can satisfy the needs and specifications of a customer in multiple regions of the world, while maximizing productivity from the broad scale and scope of our operations. Performance Coatings Customers Within our Performance Coatings segment, we sell coatings to customers in more than 140 countries. Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 17% of our Performance Coatings net sales during the year ended December 31, 2025. In our industrial and refinish end-markets we serve both large OEMs and a broad, fragmented local customer base. Our industrial end- market comprises a wide variety of industrial manufacturers, while our refinish end-market primarily comprises approximately 96,000 body shops, including: • Independent Body Shops: Single location body shops that utilize premium, mainstream or economy brands based on the local market. • Multi-Shop Operators (“MSOs”): Body shops with more than five locations focused on providing premium paint jobs with industry leading efficiency. MSOs use premium/mainstream coatings and state-of-the-art painting technology to increase shop productivity, allowing them to repair more vehicles faster. • OEM Dealership Body Shops: High-productivity body shops, located in OEM car dealerships, that operate like MSOs and provide premium services to customers using premium/mainstream coatings. Performance Coatings Competition Our primary competitors in the refinish end-market include AkzoNobel, BASF, PPG and Sherwin Williams, but we also compete against local and regional players in the markets we serve. Similarly, in the industrial end-market, we compete against multi-national suppliers, such as AkzoNobel, PPG and Sherwin-Williams, as well as a large number of local and regional players in the markets we serve. We believe we are one of the few performance coatings companies that can provide the customer service, total technology solutions, color design capability and product performance necessary to deliver exceptional value to our customers. Mobility Coatings Through our Mobility Coatings segment, we provide coatings technologies for light vehicle and commercial vehicle OEMs. These global customers are faced with evolving megatrends in electrification, sustainability, personalization and autonomous driving that require a high level of technical expertise. These OEMs require efficient, environmentally responsible coatings systems that can be applied with a high degree of precision, consistency and speed. The end-markets within this segment are light vehicle and commercial vehicle. 7
Page 8
Table of Contents Our portfolio brings together the best of Axalta’s experience and innovation into three categories: Core Mobility Solutions, Advanced Mobility Solutions and Axalta Advantage. • Core Mobility Solutions comprises Axalta’s best-in-class basecoats and clearcoats for color and beautification along with primers, electrocoats and powder applications for surface protection. • Advanced Mobility Solutions encompasses products and applications for trends like sustainability, mass customization, two-toneand digital paint. It includes coatings with enhanced functionality that improve LiDAR and radar performance and exterior protection for electric vehicle platforms and components. • Axalta Advantage features expert services and consulting to improve productivity in and outside the paint shop, including application design, process improvement, cost and CO2 modeling, and troubleshooting. Mobility Coatings End-Markets Light Vehicle Demand for light vehicle coatings is driven by regional light vehicle production. Light vehicle OEMs select coatings providers based on their global ability to deliver core and advanced technological solutions that improve exterior appearance and durability and provide long- term corrosion protection. These customers also look for suppliers that offer sustainable solutions to aid in the customer portfolio transformation and can enhance process efficiency, improve productivity and provide superior technical support. Rigorous environmental and durability testing as well as obtaining engineering approvals are also key criteria used by global light vehicle OEMs when selecting coatings providers. Globally integrated suppliers are important because they offer products with consistent standards across regions and can deliver high-quality products in sufficient quantity while meeting OEM service requirements. Our global scale, people, expertise, innovative technology platforms, and customer focus position us to be a global partner and solutions provider to the most discerning and demanding light vehicle OEMs. We believe we are one of the few coatings producers that can provide OEMs with global product specifications, standardized color development, compatibility with the growing number of substrates, increasingly complex colors and environmentally-responsible coatings while continuing to simplify and reduce steps in the coating application process. Commercial Vehicle Sales in the commercial vehicle end-market are generated from a variety of applications, including HDT, MDT, bus and rail, motorcycles, marine and aviation, as well as related segments such as trailers, recreational vehicles and personal sport vehicles. This end-market is primarily driven by global commercial vehicle production, which is influenced by overall economic activity, government infrastructure spending, equipment replacement cycles and evolving environmental standards for sustainability. Commercial vehicle OEMs select coatings providers on the basis of their ability to consistently deliver advanced technological solutions that improve exterior appearance, protection and durability and provide extensive color libraries and matching capabilities at the lowest total cost-in-use, while meeting stringent environmental requirements. Particularly for HDT applications, truck owners demand a significant variety of custom colors and advanced product technologies to enable custom designs. Our strong competitive position and growth are driven by our ability to provide customers with our market-leading brand, Imron , as well as leveraging our global product lines, regional knowledge and customer service. ® 8
Page 9
Table of Contents Mobility Coatings Products and Brands We develop and supply a complete coatings product line for light vehicle OEMs. Our products are designed to enhance the styling and appearance of a vehicle’s exterior while providing protection from the elements, extending the life of the vehicle. Widely recognized in the industry for our advanced and patented technologies, we believe our products not only increase productivity and profitability for OEMs but also produce attractive and durable finishes. Our light vehicle coatings portfolio is one of the broadest in the industry. The coatings operation is a critical component of the light vehicle assembly process, requiring a high degree of precision, speed and productivity. The paint shop process typically includes a dip process, three application zones and three high-temperature ovens that cure each coating layer at temperatures ranging from 320°F to 400°F (i.e., “high bake”). Our key products consist of the four main coatings layers: electrocoat (AquaEC ), primer (HyperDur™), basecoat (ChromaDyne™) and clearcoat (Lumeera™). The coatings process accounts for a majority of the total energy consumed during the light vehicle manufacturing process. With that in mind, we have developed coatings technologies, including 3-Wet™, Eco-Concept™ and 2-Wet Monocoat™, that help our OEM customers lower costs by reducing energy consumption and increasing productivity. In today’s existing mobility ecosystem, coatings provide essential beauty and color to vehicle bodies while extending the useful life of the vehicle via durability-related properties such as chemical resistance and chip and corrosion protection. As the industry evolves, each dimension of mobility – electric vehicles, shared transportation and autonomous driving – requires coatings with advanced functionality that, in addition to aesthetics and protection, contribute to the efficiency of electrification, vehicle design, navigation and passenger safety, among other areas. Evolution within the mobility industry creates tremendous opportunities for OEMs but requires them to undertake significant shifts in how they design and produce vehicles. OEMs are also increasingly looking to reduce the weight of vehicles in response to stricter vehicle emissions, fuel consumption regulations and electric vehicle range extensions. As a result, OEMs areconstructing vehicle platforms using a variety of new materials in addition to steel and plastic, including aluminum, carbon fiber and other substrates, each of which requires specialized coatings formulations to create a uniform color and finish. We continue to innovate with our OEM customers in driving this trend, as evidenced by use of our coatings on their flagship vehicle platforms. We also develop and supply a wide array of coatings systems for a broad range of commercial vehicle applications. These products simultaneously enhance aesthetic appearance and provide protection from the elements. We meet the demands of commercial vehicle customers with our extensive offering of over 90,000 different colors. In HDT, because the metal and composite components are painted simultaneously in an automatic process, most truck OEMs use low bake coatings to ensure that the plastic composite parts on a truck’s exterior do not deform during the bake process. Truck owners demand a wide variety of custom colors that are formulated using a combination of on-site mixing machines at the OEM or direct shipments of premixed high-volume colors from us. Our commercial vehicle brands include Imron , Imron Elite , Centari , Rival , Corlar epoxy undercoats and AquaEC™. Mobility Coatings Sales, Marketing and Distribution We have full-time technical representatives stationed at most of our light vehicle OEM customers’ facilities around the world. These on- site representatives provide customer support, monitor the painting process and track paint demand at each assembly plant. Monitoring OEM line performance in real-time is intended to allow our technical support teams to help improve paint department operating efficiency and provide performance feedback to our formulating chemists and paint manufacturing teams. Many of our customer technical support representatives also help OEMs manage their physical inventory by forecasting facility coatings demand based on the customer’s build schedule. We sell and ship products directly to light vehicle OEMs in each of our four regions coordinated via a global point of contact for each customer and assist OEMs with on-site customer support. Located in 9 countries, our manufacturing facilities provide a local presence intended to cultivate strong relationships, gain intimate customer knowledge, provide superior technical support to our key customers and maintain “just-in-time” product delivery capabilities critical to OEMs. We believe our local presence also allows us to quickly react to changing local dynamics, offer high-quality products and provide excellent customer service. In the commercial vehicle end-market, we employ a dedicated sales and technical service team to support our diverse customer base, including a direct sales force supporting the HDT market. We ship our coatings directly to commercial vehicle OEMs and may also provide on-site technical service representatives that play an important role by helping to optimize the painting process and by providing responsive customer support. Mobility Coatings Customers We provide our products and services to light and commercial vehicle customers at over 200 assembly plants worldwide, including nine of the top ten global automotive manufacturers. We have a stable customer base and believe we are well positioned with the fastest-growing OEMs in both the developed and emerging markets. Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 61% of our Mobility Coatings net sales during the year ended December 31, 2025. ® ® ® ® ® ® 9
Page 10
Table of Contents Mobility Coatings Competition We primarily compete against large multi-national suppliers such as AkzoNobel, BASF and PPG, as well as a few regional suppliers, in the light and commercial vehicle end-markets. With our state-of-the-art coatings solutions and local presence in key OEM geographies, we are one of the few competitors in the industry that offers global OEM manufacturers the combination of high-quality products, personalized, top-rate technical service and short lead-times for product delivery. SEASONALITY Generally, our first quarter net sales are less than other quarters primarily driven by our Performance Coatings segment as a result of the nature of repairs typically performed by our refinish end-market customers. In North America and EMEA, we typically see more significant accidents from the inclement weather that require more time to repair and less repair throughput for our customers. Our Mobility Coatings segment does not experience significant net sales seasonality. Cash provided by operating activities has typically been the greatest in the fourth quarter primarily driven by the timing of collections from our customers and payments to our vendors. Economic and weather conditions have altered, and could continue to alter, seasonal patterns. KEY RAW MATERIALS We use thousands of different raw materials, which fall into six broad categories: resins, pigments, solvents, monomers, isocyanates and additives. We purchase raw materials from a diverse group of global suppliers. Where possible, we work to mitigate risks to our raw material supply through alternative sourcing strategies, strategic supplier relationships and maintaining strategic inventories. Raw materials represent our single largest production cost component. Prices for our raw materials generally fluctuate with supplier feedstock prices as well as supply and demand dynamics of the given raw material market. Over the past several years, the dynamics of supply and demand had a greater impact in the cost of our raw materials than the price of the supplier feedstocks. Historically, to manage raw material volatility, we have used a combination of price increases to customers and, in certain circumstances, contractual raw material indexing mechanisms. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT Our focus on technology has allowed us to proactively provide customers with next-generation offerings that enhance product performance, improve productivity and satisfy increasingly strict environmental regulations. Since our entry into the coatings industry over 150 years ago, we believe we have consistently been at the forefront of coatings technology innovation. These innovations have played a fundamental role in our ability to maintain and grow our global market share as well as deliver substantial financial returns. We believe that we are a technology leader well positioned to benefit from continued industry shifts in customer needs. Our end-markets are among the most demanding in the coatings industry with high levels of product performance requirements that continuously evolve, with increasing expectations for productivity on customer lines and environmentally responsible products. Our technology development is led by a highly experienced and educated workforce that is focused on new product development, color development, technical customer support and improving our manufacturing processes. As such, our technology development covers two critical interrelated aspects for us, research and development as well as technical support and manufacturing. As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately 1,300 team members dedicated to technology development. We operate four major technology centers throughout the world where we develop and align our technology investments with regional business needs complemented by more than 20 development laboratories which provide local connection to our global customer base. This includes our Global Innovation Center located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, which opened in 2018 for global research, product development and technology initiatives and since 2024, has served as our global headquarters. PATENTS, LICENSES AND TRADEMARKS As of December 31, 2025, we had a global portfolio of approximately 610 issued patents and approximately 520 trademarks. We actively apply for and obtain U.S. and foreign patents and trademarks on new products and process innovations and as of December 31, 2025, approximately 240 patent applications were pending throughout the world. Our primary purpose in obtaining patents is to protect the results of our research for use in operations and licensing. We are also party to patent licenses and other technology licensing agreements. We have a significant number of trademarks and trademark registrations in the U.S. and in other countries, as described below. 10
Page 11
Table of Contents We own or otherwise have rights to the trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names used in conjunction with the marketing and sale of our products and services. These trademarks include Abcite , Alesta , AquaEC , Audurra , Axalta Irus Mix™, Axalta Irus Scan™, Axalta NextJet™, Axalta Nimbus™, Centari , Ceranamel , Challenger , Chemophan , ColorNet , Corlar , Cromax , Cromax Mosaic , Durapon 70 , Duxone , Harmonized Coating Technologies , Hydropon , Imron , Imron Elite , Imron ExcelPro , Lutophen , Nap- Gard , Nason , Raptor ,Rival , Spies Hecker , Standox , Stollaquid , Syntopal , Syrox , U-POL , Vermeera and Voltatex , which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us and our subsidiaries. Although we believe that our patents, licenses and trademarks in the aggregate constitute a valuable asset, we do not regard our business as being materially dependent on any single or group of related patents, licenses or trademarks. JOINT VENTURES At December 31, 2025, we were party to six joint ventures, of which three were focused in the light vehicle end-market, one was focused in the refinish end-market and two were focused in the industrial end-market. At December 31, 2025, we were the majority shareholder, and/or exercised control, in four joint ventures, which we consolidated. Our fully consolidated joint venture-related net sales were $63 million, $62 million, and $62 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—Risks Related to Other Aspects of our Business—Our joint ventures may not operate according to our business strategy if our joint venture partners fail to fulfill their obligations”. HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES We believe our success is realized through the engagement and commitment of our people. As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately 12,300 team members, inclusive of team members added from recent acquisitions, with 25% of our team members based in the U.S. and 75% based in international locations. Our workforce is distributed globally, with approximately 45% in the Americas, 36% in EMEA and 19% in Asia Pacific. Axalta’s ability to attract, develop and retain highly skilled talent requires us to focus on the engagement, growth and well-being of each team member. As a global coatings company, we have a dynamic group of employees, including but not limited to management professionals, scientists, technicians, engineers, sales representatives, operators, supply chain experts, and administrative and customer service professionals. Axalta fosters a performance-driven culture rooted in the One Axalta way of working. One Axalta reflects our commitment to doing what is best for the enterprise, aligning and executing on top priorities, acting with speed and urgency, simplifying to eliminate unnecessary complexity, and breaking down silos to address our biggest challenges together. We believe this enterprise-wide approach positions Axalta well for future success. To embed this way of working, we have provided training to all employees focused on our purpose, values, and One Axalta principles. As part of our efforts to promote employee engagement, Axalta captures employee feedback via an annual engagement survey that is designed to provide insights into how employees can perform at their best. Since its inception, employee participation in the survey has continued to increase, reaching an all-time high of 96% in 2025 and measures of engagement have steadily improved. We believe these continued improvements reflect our commitment to focusing on addressing employee feedback and the needs of our global workforce, including a robust engagement in action program that has focused on enhancing internal communications, career development, and learning and development opportunities. Axalta strives to provide a wide variety of growth opportunities for our employees, including online training, on-the-job experiences, tuition assistance and financial counseling. We also aim to provide competitive compensation and benefits across all global locations. Safety is paramount and the well-being of our employees is our greatest responsibility. We are committed to providing a workplace that enables team members to operate safely. Safety is ingrained in the way we do business, and our safety program is structured on the foundation that every employee is engaged and committed to improving safe operating practices and eliminating injuries. We have further committed to employee safety by continuing to make significant safety-related capital investments at our sites. When health and safety incidents do occur, we work to determine the causes and eliminate the potential for future similar incidents. In 2025, Axalta’s injury and illness performance resulted in a 0.18 OSHA Total Recordable Incident Rate (“TRIR”), compared to the 2.6 OSHA TRIR for the Paint and Coating Manufacturing Industry as a whole (according to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics 2024 data). These efforts have resulted in a recent recognition from the National Safety Council (“CEOs Who Get It”), honoring companies that demonstrate a commitment to worker safety and health. The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (“Board”) has oversight of the Company’s human capital management efforts. The Environment, Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee of our Board (the “EHS&S Committee”) has oversight of the Company’s policies to protect the health and safety of our employees and contractors (among others), and this committee regularly reviews data on oursafety metrics and performance. ® ® ® ® ® ® ® TM ® ® ® ® ® ® ® TM ® TM TM TM ® ® ® ® ® ® TM TM TM ® TM ® 11
Page 12
Table of Contents REGULATORY COMPLIANCE Our business is subject to significant regulations in all of the markets that we operate in and we are committed to operating our business in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Environmental We are subject to applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and workers’ safety, including those required by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”). Our Environment, Health, Safety (“EHS”) and Sustainability policies and standards are a key element of the foundation upon which we develop, market, manufacture, and distribute products and services to our global customers. In 2017, we established the EHS&S Committee, a Board-level committee responsible for the oversight of our EHS and Sustainability policies, performance, strategy and compliance matters. We strive to assure that all of our manufacturing and distribution facilities are operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental requirements. Investigation, remediation, operation and maintenance costs associated with environmental compliance and management of sites are a normal recurring part of our operations. We do not expect outstanding remediation obligations to have a material impact on our financial position; however, the ultimate cost of remediation is subject to a number of variables and is difficult to accurately predict. We may also incur significant additional costs as a result of contamination that is discovered and/or government-required remediation obligations that are imposed at these or other facilities in the future. In addition, we are, or may become, subject to various climate disclosure regimes regulating the disclosure of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, climate-related risks and opportunities and related information, such as the European Union’s (“EU”) Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”) and California’s Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act (also known as “SB 253”) and Climate Related Financial Risk Act (also known as “SB 261”, and together with SB 253, the “California Climate Laws”). The interpretation, timing, requirements and enforcement of such climate disclosure regimes remains uncertain, and compliance may require the investment of significant resources, increase our costs, disrupt our business operations and pose reputational and other risks. For additional information, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance and Litigation—Evolving environmental, safety, product stewardship, consumer protection or other regulations and laws, including with respect to disclosure of metrics related to such areas, could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition”. Non-U.S. Sales Our non-U.S. sales are subject to both U.S. and non-U.S. governmental regulations and procurement policies and practices, including regulations relating to import-export control, tariffs, investment, exchange controls, anti-corruption and repatriation of earnings. Non-U.S. sales are also subject to varying currency, political and economic risks. For additional information, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors— Risks Related to our Global Operations - As a global business, we are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations and U.S. and foreign trade policy”. Privacy Regulations We are also subject to and comply with increasingly complex privacy and data protection laws and regulations in the United States and other jurisdictions. This includes the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which enforces rules relating to the protectionsaround the processing and transfer of personal data. In addition, California’s Consumer Privacy Act, as modified by the California Privacy Rights Act, provides consumers with the right to know what personal data is being collected, know whether their personal data is sold or disclosed and to whom and opt out of the sale of their personal data, among other rights. The interpretation and enforcement of such regulations are continuously evolving and there may be uncertainty with respect to how to comply with them. Noncompliance with GDPR and other data protection laws could result in damage to our reputation and payment of significant monetary penalties. For additional information, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—General Risk Factors - We are subject to complex and evolving data privacy laws”. WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION Our website address is www.axalta.com. We post, and shareholders may access without charge, our recent filings and any amendments thereto of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and proxy statements as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We also post all financial press releases, including earnings releases, to our website. We use our investor relations page at ir.axalta.com as a means of disclosing material information to the public in a broad, non-exclusionary manner for purposes of the SEC’s Regulation Fair Disclosure (or Reg. FD). Investors should routinely monitor that site, in addition to our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts, as information posted on that page could be deemed to be material information. All other reports filed or furnished to the SEC on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov,including current reports on Form 8-K, are available via direct link on our website. Reference to our and the SEC’s websites herein do not incorporate by reference any information contained on those websites and such information should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 12
Page 13
Table of Contents ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS As a global manufacturer, marketer and distributor of high-performance coatings systems, we operate in a business environment that includes risks. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could suffer materially and adversely. While the factors listed here are considered to be the more significant factors facing our business, they should not be considered to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Unlisted factors, including those described in other documents we file from time to time with the SEC, may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Risk Factors Summary The following is a summary of the material risks that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Risks Related to the Proposed Merger with Akzo Nobel N.V. • The Merger Agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms and the Merger may not be completed. • Failure to consummate the Merger could negatively impact the share price and the future business and financial results of the Company. • The Merger Agreement contains provisions that limit the Company’s ability to pursue alternatives to the Merger. • Because the value of the Company and AkzoNobel ordinary shares may fluctuate, our shareholders cannot be sure of the value of the Merger Consideration they will receive. • The Merger Agreement subjects us to restrictions on business activities prior to the effective time of the Merger. • While the Merger is pending, the Company will be subject to business uncertainties. • If completed, the Merger may not achieve its intended results. • After the Merger, our shareholders will have a significantly lower ownership and voting interest in the Combined Company than they currently have in the Company. • The ordinary shares of the Combined Company will have different rights from our common shares and the market price of the Combined Company ordinary shares may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting the market price of our common shares. • The Company and AkzoNobel may be targets of legal proceedings that could result in substantial costs and may delay or prevent the Merger from being completed. • The Company and AkzoNobel have incurred, and will incur additional, substantial transaction fees and costs in connection with the Merger. Risks Related to our Business • Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected by difficult economic conditions and/or significant volatility in the capital, credit and commodities markets. • Improved safety features on vehicles, commercialization of autonomous vehicles, insurance company influence, the introduction of new business models or new methods of travel, and weather conditions may reduce the demand for some of our products. • The loss of, or reduced purchases by, or our failure to meet our obligations to, any of our largest customers, or the consolidation of any of our customers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. • We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives or targets, business strategies or operating plans. • We rely on our distributor network and third-party delivery services for the distribution and export of our products. • Price increases, business and supply chain interruptions, declines in the supply of raw materials or disruptions to our major tolling arrangements could have a significant impact on our ability to grow or sustain earnings. • We rely on certain of our manufacturing facilities to make a significant amount of product, and certain products can only be made at specific facilities. • Failure to develop and market new products and manage product life cycles could impact our competitive position. Risks Related to our Global Operations • We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations and U.S. and foreign trade policy. Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance and Litigation • Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption laws of the United States and various international jurisdictions could negatively impact our reputation and results of operations. 13
Page 14
Table of Contents • Evolving environmental, safety, product stewardship, consumer protection or other regulations and laws could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition. • As a result of our current and past operations and/or products, including operations and/or products related to our businesses prior to the Acquisition, we could incur significant environmental liabilities and costs. • We handle and transport certain materials that are inherently hazardous due to their toxic nature. • Our results of operations could be adversely affected by litigation and claims. Risks Related to Human Resources • If we are required to make unexpected payments to any pension plans applicable to our employees, our financial condition may be adversely affected. • We are subject to work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force, which may adversely impact our operations and cause us to incur incremental costs. • We may not be able to recruit and retain the experienced and skilled personnel we need to compete. Risks Related to Intellectual Property • Our inability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our financial results. • If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it could harm our business. Risks Related to Other Aspects of our Business • We may continue to engage in acquisitions and divestitures, and may encounter difficulties integrating acquired businesses with, or disposing of divested businesses from, our current operations. • Our joint ventures may not operate according to our business strategy. • EIDP, Inc.’s potential breach of its obligations in connection with the Acquisition (as defined below), including failure to comply with its indemnification obligations, may materially affect our business and operating results. • We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our common shares. Risks Related to our Indebtedness • We have substantial indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on us. • To service all of our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control. • We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. • Our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited. • Difficult and volatile conditions in the capital, credit and commodities markets and in the overall economy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. • We are subject to risks associated with the current interest rate environment. Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Shares • Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. is a holding company with no operations of its own and is largely dependent on the receipt of distributions and dividends or other payments from subsidiaries and joint ventures for cash to fund operations and expenses. • The price of our common shares has fluctuated, and may in the future fluctuate, significantly. • We do not expect to pay dividends on our common shares and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares. • Future sales of our common shares could lower our share price and may dilute your ownership in us. • We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers. • Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the U.S. and may afford less protection to our shareholders. • We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control. General Risk Factors • Interruption, interference with, or failure of our information technology and communications systems could hurt our ability to effectively provide our products and services. • Uncertainty in the development, deployment, and use of artificial intelligence in our products and services, as well as our business more broadly, could adversely affect our business and reputation. • Increased competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. • We take on credit risk exposure from our customers in the ordinary course of our business. 14
Page 15
Table of Contents • Currency risk may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. • Terrorist acts, conflicts, wars, natural disasters, pandemics and other health crises, among other events beyond our control, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. • The insurance we maintain may not cover all potential exposures. • We are subject to complex and evolving data privacy laws. • We may be subject to changes in our tax rates, the adoption of tax legislation or additional tax liabilities. • Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our sustainability practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks. For a more complete discussion of the material risks facing our business, see below. Risks Related to the Proposed Merger with Akzo Nobel N.V. The Merger Agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms and the Merger may not be completed. The completion of the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions as set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Closing Conditions”) and there can be no assurance that such conditions will be satisfied or waived. The failure to timely satisfy the Closing Conditions could delay the completion of the Merger for a significant period of time or prevent the completion of the Merger from occurring at all. The Closing Conditions require that the parties seek certain applicable foreign antitrust and other regulatory approvals in connection with the Merger, and the governmental agencies from which such approvals are sought have broad discretion in administering applicable governing regulations. Those agencies may impose requirements, limitations or costs, require divestitures or place restrictions on the conduct of the Combined Company’s business after the closing. Such requirements, limitations, costs, divestitures or restrictions could delay or prevent the consummation of the Merger or have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company’s business and results of operations. Approval by the Company’s shareholders is one such Closing Condition. A proxy contest or activist campaign related to the Merger could reduce the likelihood that we obtain shareholder approval for the Merger, demand extensive management attention and require that we incur additional costs to respond to the proxy contest or activist campaign, and, if successful, prevent the Merger from being completed. In addition, the Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights for the Company and AkzoNobel, including (i) if the Merger is not consummated on or before the “outside date” of May 18, 2027 (subject to extension to November 18, 2027 under certain circumstances), (ii) subject to compliance with certain terms of the Merger Agreement, in order to enter into a definitive agreement providing for a superior proposal, or (iii) if, prior to the applicable shareholders’ meeting, the Company Board or either of the AkzoNobel Boards, as applicable, changes its recommendation or fails to reaffirm such recommendation in certain circumstances. Failure to consummate the Merger could negatively impact the share price and the future business and financial results of the Company. If the Merger is not consummated, the Company will not realize any of the potential benefits of consummation of the Merger and the Company will be subject to a number of risks, including the following: • The Company may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, including significant and lasting negative impacts on its stock price; • The Company may experience negative reactions from its customers, suppliers, business partners and employees; • The Company will be required to pay certain costs and expenses relating to the Merger whether or not the Merger is consummated; • Matters relating to the Merger (including integration planning) require substantial Company management time and resources, which could otherwise have been devoted to other beneficial opportunities; • The Merger Agreement restricts the Company, without AkzoNobel’s consent and subject to certain exceptions, from taking certain specified actions during the pendency of the Merger. These restrictions may prevent the Company from pursuing otherwise attractive business opportunities, entering into contracts, incurring capital expenditures to grow its business and making other changes to its business; and • If the Merger Agreement is terminated in certain circumstances, the Company may be required to pay a termination fee of €150 million to AkzoNobel. If the Merger is not consummated, these risks may materialize and may materially and adversely affect our business, operations, financial results and share price. 15
Page 16
Table of Contents The Merger Agreement contains provisions that limit the Company’s ability to pursue alternatives to the Merger. Under the Merger Agreement, the Company is subject to certain restrictions on its ability to solicit alternative business combination proposals from third parties, engage in discussion or negotiations with respect to such proposals or provide information in connection with such proposals, subject to certain customary exceptions. Further, other than in response to a superior proposal or an intervening event, the Board may not withdraw or modify its recommendation to the Company’s shareholders in favor of the adoption of the Merger Agreement, and AkzoNobel generally has a right to match any competing business combination proposals that may be made. The Company may terminate the Merger Agreement and enter into an agreement providing for a superior proposal only if specified conditions have been satisfied, and such a termination would result in the Company being required to pay AkzoNobel a termination fee equal to €150 million. If the Merger Agreement is terminated and the Company determines to seek another business combination, the Company may not be able to negotiate a transaction with another party on terms comparable to, or better than, the terms of the Merger. While the Company believes these provisions and agreements are reasonable and customary and are not preclusive of other offers, these provisions could discourage a third party that may have an interest in entering into a strategic transaction with the Company from proposing such a strategic transaction, even if such third party were prepared to pay consideration with a higher value than the Merger Consideration (as defined below). Because the value of the Company and AkzoNobel ordinary shares may fluctuate, our shareholders cannot be sure of the value of the Merger Consideration they will receive. Upon completion of the Merger, our shareholders will be entitled to receive 0.6539 ordinary shares in the Combined Company in exchange for each outstanding and issued ordinary share of the Company (the “Merger Consideration”). Because this exchange ratio is fixed and will only be adjusted in certain limited circumstances (including reclassifications, stock splits or combinations, exchanges or readjustments of shares, or stock dividends, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transactions involving the Company or AkzoNobel), any changes in the market value of Company ordinary shares or AkzoNobel common shares may affect the value that our shareholders will be entitled to receive upon completion of the Merger. Share price changes may result from a variety of factors, including changes in the business, operations or prospects of the Company or AkzoNobel, market assessments of the likelihood that the Merger will be completed, the timing of the Merger, regulatory considerations, general market and economic conditions and other factors. The Merger Agreement subjects us to restrictions on business activities prior to the effective time of the Merger. The Merger Agreement restricts us from entering into certain corporate transactions, including with respect to certain acquisitions, and taking other specified actions without the consent of AkzoNobel and generally requires us to continue our operations in the ordinary course through the completion of the Merger. These restrictions could be in place for an extended period of time as the pendency of the Merger continues and could prevent us from pursuing attractive business opportunities that may arise during the pendency of the Merger. While the Merger is pending, the Company will be subject to business uncertainties which could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Uncertainty about the effect of the Merger on our employees, customers, suppliers and other business partners may have an adverse effect on the Company. These uncertainties may impair the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the Merger is consummated and for a period of time thereafter. If, despite the Company’s retention efforts, key employees depart because of issues relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with the Combined Company, the Combined Company’s (or, if the Merger is not consummated, the Company’s) business could be harmed and its ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger could be adversely affected. Parties with which the Company does business may experience uncertainty associated with the Merger, including with respect to current or future business relationships with the Company. The Company’s business relationships may be subject to disruption as customers and suppliers may attempt to negotiate changes in existing business relationships or consider entering into business relationships with parties other than the Company. These disruptions could have an adverse effect on the businesses, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, including an adverse effect on the anticipated benefits of the Merger, which may be exacerbated by a delay in completion of the Merger or termination of the Merger Agreement. Additionally, certain contracts entered into by the Company contain change in control, anti-assignment, or certain other provisions that may be triggered as a result of the Merger. If the counterparties to these agreements do not consent to the Merger, the counterparties may have the ability to exercise certain rights (including termination rights), resulting in the Combined Company incurring liabilities as a consequence of breaching such agreements, or causing the Combined Company to lose the benefit of such agreements or incur costs in seeking replacement agreements. If completed, the Merger may not achieve its intended results. The Company and AkzoNobel entered into the Merger Agreement with the expectation that the Merger will result in various benefits. Achieving the anticipated benefits of the transaction is subject to a number of uncertainties, including whether the businesses of the Company and AkzoNobel can be integrated in an efficient and effective manner. 16
Page 17
Table of Contents It is possible that the integration process could take longer than anticipated, could give rise to unanticipated costs and could result in the loss of valuable employees, the disruption of each of our and AkzoNobel’s ongoing businesses, processes and systems or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures, practices, policies and compensation arrangements, any of which could adversely affect the Combined Company’s ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the transaction. The Company and AkzoNobel may have difficulty addressing possible differences in corporate cultures and management philosophies, and there can be no assurance that the Company and AkzoNobel will be able to effectively integrate their management teams. Failure to successfully integrate the businesses of the Company and AkzoNobel in the expected timeframe may adversely affect the future results of the Combined Company, and, consequently, the value of the Merger Consideration. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Combined Company will achieve a particular credit rating or maintain a particular credit rating in the future. Such credit ratings will affect the cost and availability of future borrowings and, accordingly, the Combined Company’s cost of capital. Further, there can be no guarantee that the Combined Company will obtain or maintain a listing on a U.S. stock exchange. After the Merger, our shareholders will have a significantly lower ownership and voting interest in the Combined Company than they currently have in the Company. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, our shareholders are expected to own 45% of the Combined Company on a pro forma basis immediately after closing. As a result of this reduced ownership percentage, our shareholders will have less ability to influence matters that are put to a vote of the Combined Company. The ordinary shares of the Combined Company will have different rights from our common shares and the market price of the Combined Company ordinary shares may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting the market price of our common shares. Upon completion of the Merger, our shareholders will no longer be shareholders of the Company but will instead become holders of ordinary shares of the Combined Company. Certain rights of our shareholders as holders of Combined Company ordinary shares will be governed by Dutch law, and the terms of the Combined Company’s organizational documents are expected to be in some respects materially different than the terms of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, which currently govern the rights of our shareholders. For example, Dutch law significantly limits the circumstances under which shareholders of Dutch companies may bring an action on behalf of a company. In addition, the businesses of AkzoNobel differ from those of the Company in important respects, and, accordingly, the results of operations of the Combined Company, as well as the market price of the Combined Company ordinary shares, may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting the results of operations of the Company. The Company and AkzoNobel may be targets of legal proceedings that could result in substantial costs and may delay or prevent the Merger from being completed. Although, currently, we are not aware of any legal proceedings having been brought against the Company or AkzoNobel in connection with the Merger, securities class action lawsuits, derivative lawsuits and other legal proceedings are often brought against public companies that have entered into merger agreements. Even if such legal proceedings are without merit, defending against these claims can result in substantial costs and divert management attention, time and resources. An adverse judgment or settlement could result in significant costs, which could have a negative impact on our and AkzoNobel’s respective liquidity and financial condition. Additionally, if a plaintiff is successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting completion of the Merger, such injunction may delay or prevent the Merger from being completed, or from being completed within the expected timeframe, which may adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operation. The Company and AkzoNobel have incurred, and will incur additional, substantial transaction fees and costs in connection with the Merger. The Company and AkzoNobel have incurred, and expect to further incur, a number of non-recurring transaction-related costs associated with completing the Merger, combining the operations of the two organizations and achieving desired benefits of the Merger. These fees and costs will be substantial. Non-recurring transaction costs include, but are not limited to, fees paid to legal, financial and accounting advisors, retention, severance, change in control and other integration-related costs, filing fees and printing costs. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in order to complete the Merger (including, for example, in the event of a proxy fight or activist campaign) or as part of the integration of the businesses of the Company and AkzoNobel. Some of these costs will be payable by us regardless of whether or not the Merger is completed. Risks Related to our Business Risks Related to Execution of our Strategic and Operating Plans Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected by difficult economic conditions and/or significant volatility in the capital, credit and commodities markets. Several of the end-markets we serve are cyclical, and macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control have in the past and could in the future reduce demand from these end-markets for our products, including as a result of depressed demand for 17
Page 18
Table of Contents our customers' products or services, and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, weak economic conditions have in the past depressed and could in the future depress new car sales and/or production, reducing demand for our light vehicle OEM coatings and limiting the growth of the car parc. This has in the past and could in the future cause a related decline in demand for our automotive refinish coatings because, as the age of a vehicle increases, the propensity of car owners to pay for cosmetic repairs generally decreases. Also, during difficult economic times or times of significant cost inflation (including with respect to insurance premiums), car owners may refrain from seeking repairs for their damaged vehicles, which we saw in 2025. Similarly, periods of reduced global economic activity could hinder global industrial output or cause our customers to reduce or rationalize their levels of inventory, which we saw in our refinish end market in 2025 and which could further decrease demand for our products in the future. Our global business is adversely affected by decreases in the general level of economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending, construction activity, Class 8 truck production and industrial manufacturing, which effects are exacerbated in a high interest rate environment. Disruptions in the U.S., Europe or other economies, or weakening of emerging markets, such as China or Latin America, could adversely affect our sales, profitability and/or liquidity. Further, a tightening of credit in financial markets could adversely affect the ability of our customers to obtain financing to support their operations, which could result in a decrease in or cancellation of orders for our products and services and impact the ability of our customers to make payments owed to us. Similarly, a tightening of credit in financial markets could adversely affect our supplier base and increase the potential for one or more of our suppliers to experience financial distress or bankruptcy, which could impact our ability to procure materials in a timely manner or at all. In addition, a tightening of credit markets and a high interest rate environment make it more difficult for our customers to borrow to fund construction activity, manufacturing operations and other capital projects, which in turn reduces demand for our products and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Lastly, during times of depressed economic conditions and cost inflation, car owners may choose to delay or forgo entirely repairing damaged vehicles, thereby reducing the demand for our refinish coatings, which dynamic has impacted our refinish end-market since 2025. Improved safety features on vehicles, commercialization of autonomous vehicles, insurance company influence, the introduction of new business models or new methods of travel, and weather conditions may reduce the demand for some of our products and could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Vehicle manufacturers continue to develop new safety features such as collision avoidance technology and autonomous vehicles. The market for semi-autonomous and autonomous vehicles in particular is experiencing rapid growth, which is projected to continue or accelerate in the near-term. These advancements have reduced the rate and amount of vehicle collisions, which negatively impacts demand for our refinish coatings; this reduction could accelerate in the future and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Insurance companies may influence vehicle owners to use body shops that do not use our products, which could also negatively impact demand for our refinish coatings. In addition, through the introduction of new technologies, new business models or new methods of travel, such as ridesharing, the number of automotive OEM new builds may decline, potentially reducing demand for our automotive OEM coatings. Furthermore, weather conditions have had and may in the future have an adverse effect on our sales of coatings and related products. For example, unusually mild weather during winter months may lead to fewer vehicle collisions, reducing demand for our refinish coatings. Any resulting reduction in demand for our refinish coatings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The loss of, or reduced purchases by, or our failure to meet our obligations to, any of our largest customers, or the consolidation of any of our customers, including MSOs, distributors and/or body shops, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We have some customers that purchase a large amount of products from us and we are also reliant on distributors to assist us in selling our products and servicing certain customers. Our largest single customer accounted for approximately 5% of our 2025 net sales and our largest distributor accounted for approximately 2% of our 2025 net sales. Consolidation of any of our customers, including MSOs, distributors and body shops, could decrease our customer base and impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, consolidation among distributors, like that seen within the refinish end-market in 2024 and 2025, may create larger enterprises with greater negotiating power and has resulted, and may in the future result in changes to purchasing behaviors (including inventory rationalization measures) or the loss of our customers if the resulting business chooses to use one of our competitors for the consolidated business. Further, the loss of any of our large customers or significant changes in their level of purchases, as a result of changes in business conditions, working capital levels, product requirements, work stoppages, consolidation, inventory rationalization or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, certain key customers have substantial purchasing power and leverage in negotiating contractual arrangements with us. These customers have demanded and may in the future demand contract terms that differ considerably from our 18
Page 19
Table of Contents standard terms and conditions. Large orders have also included and may in the future also include severe liabilities if we fail to provide the quantity and quality of product at the required delivery times or fail to meet other obligations. While we attempt to obtain favorable terms in our contracts (including with respect to limiting our potential liability and maintaining customary payment terms), we have agreed to, and we may in the future agree to, unfavorable contracting terms to secure these orders. Such actions have exposed us, and in the future could expose us to, significant additional risks should we fail to meet our obligations. For example, failure to meet customer expectations or contractual obligations related to the quality of our products has previously resulted in liabilities or indemnification claims, including those resulting from the operational matter discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K; any such future failures may result in a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives or targets, business strategies or operating plans. We continue to execute, and have in the past executed, on a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business, including productivity enhancements, cost reduction measures, cost savings initiatives and restructurings. For example, during February 2024, we announced a global transformation initiative intended to simplify the Company’s organizational structure and enable us to be more proactive, responsive, and agile and to better serve our customers and to lower our cost base and improve financial performance and cash flow generation (the "2024 Transformation Initiative") and, at our Strategy Day in May 2024, we announced our three-year 2024-2026 strategy (the “2026 A Plan”). The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate and a variety of factors could cause us to fail to realize some or all of the expected benefits and targets, including growth, cost savings, improved financial performance and productivity enhancements. These factors include, among others: delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans, including those related to actions needed to satisfy legal requirements in certain jurisdictions; adverse changes in demand for our products; increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts; adverse legal, reputational and financial effects on the Company resulting from such efforts; the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business; and management’s time and attention paid to the Merger. Further, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and performance. We have in the past, and may in the future, fail to realize the full extent of the anticipated benefits from, or targets related to, such efforts and we cannot assure you that we will realize these benefits or targets. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize, or our actual results, are less than our estimates or targets, or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected. From time to time, we may commence operations at new manufacturing facilities and cease operations at existing manufacturing facilities, including through relocating, eliminating or utilizing alternative sources for such operations. We may not be able to successfully commence such new operations or cease such existing operations and our failure to successfully do so could have a material adverse impact on our business results. We rely on our distributor network and third-party delivery services for the distribution and export of certain of our products. We ship a significant portion of our products to our customers through our distributor network as well as independent third-party delivery companies. If any of our key distributors or third-party delivery providers experiences a significant disruption, our products may not be timely delivered. Distributors may also decide to reduce their levels of inventory with respect to our products, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if any of our third-party delivery providers increase prices and we are not able to pass along these increases to customers, find comparable alternatives or adjust our delivery network, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. We rely on certain of our manufacturing facilities to make a significant amount of product, and certain products can only be made at specific facilities. A small number of our manufacturing facilities have historically produced a substantial majority of our products, and certain of our products can only be made at specific facilities. Any disruption of operations at one of these facilities, like that which occurred in North America in the second quarter of 2023 due to production constraints following our implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system ("ERP") in the region in the quarter, have in the past and could in the future significantly affect our production, distribution or our ability to fulfill our contractual obligations, including to our largest customers, which have in the past and could in the future damage our customer relationships, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. While we have certain plans in place that are intended to mitigate the risks of such manufacturing concentration, we cannot be certain that such contingency plans would be effective. Price increases, business and supply chain interruptions, declines in the supply of raw materials or disruptions to our major tolling arrangements could have a significant impact on our ability to grow or sustain earnings. 19
Page 20
Table of Contents Our manufacturing processes consume significant amounts of raw materials, the costs of which are subject to change based on fluctuations in worldwide supply and demand as well as other factors beyond our control, including inflationary pressures. We use a significant amount of raw materials derived from crude oil and natural gas. While the majority of our raw material inputs are fourth to sixth generation derivatives of crude oil and natural gas, volatile oil and gas prices, as well as other unrelated factors, can cause significant variations in our raw materials costs, affecting our operating results. While we attempt to limit the impact of such fluctuations by implementing raw material price adjustment mechanisms based on index pricing in certain of our contractual arrangements, such mechanisms may be ineffective and often lag market price changes and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to secure such contractual terms in future contracts or renewals of existing contracts. As a result, in rising raw material price environments, we may be unable to pass along these increased costs to our customers. Additionally, in declining raw material price environments, we may not realize raw material cost savings because of such lags, or customers may seek price concessions from us greater than any raw material cost savings we realize. If we are not able to fully offset the effects of higher raw materials costs, or if customers demand greater raw material price concessions than we obtain in low raw material cost environments, our financial results could deteriorate. Additionally, we obtain certain of our raw materials from selected key suppliers. If any sole source supplier of raw materials ceases supplying raw materials to us, or if any of our key suppliers is unable to meet its obligations in a timely fashion or at an acceptable price, or at all, we may be forced to incur higher costs to obtain the necessary raw materials elsewhere or, in limited instances, we may not be able to obtain the necessary raw materials. Additionally, in certain instances, we rely on third parties to toll manufacture certain of our intermediates and products. If any of our key tolling partners ceases to provide toll manufacturing services to us, either permanently or temporarily, we would be required to arrange for alternative manufacturing arrangements, which we may not be able to arrange on financially attractive terms, on a timely basis or at all. Supplier capacity constraints, supplier production disruptions, including as a result from work stoppages, supply chain and logistics congestion and disruptions, the unavailability of certain raw materials or disruptions to our key tolling arrangements could also result in harm to our manufacturing capabilities or supply imbalances that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Moreover, rising costs of freight, logistics, energy or labor may increase our cost of sales and reduce our profitability. Failure to develop and market new products and manage product life cycles could impact our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our operating results are largely dependent on our development and management of our portfolio of current, new and developing products and services as well as our ability to bring those products and services to market. Difficulties or delays in product development, such as the inability to identify viable new products, successfully complete research and development, obtain relevant regulatory approvals, effectively manage our manufacturing process or costs, obtain intellectual property protection, or gain market acceptance of new products and services, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Because of the lengthy and costly development process, technological challenges and intense competition, we cannot assure you that any of the products we are currently developing, or that we may develop in the future, will achieve commercial success. For example, in addition to developing technologically advanced products, commercial success of those products will depend on customer acceptance and implementation of those products as well as the products and services offered and developed by our current and future competitors and the related intellectual property rights held by such competitors. A failure to develop commercially successful products or to develop additional uses for existing products could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Further, sales of our new products could replace sales of some of our current products, offsetting the benefit of even a successful product introduction. Risks Related to our Global Operations As a global business, we are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations and U.S. and foreign trade policy. We conduct our business on a global basis, with approximately 69% of our 2025 net sales occurring outside the United States. We anticipate that international sales will continue to represent a substantial portion of our net sales and that our strategy for continued growth and profitability may entail further international expansion, particularly in emerging markets. Our financial results could be affected by factors including, but not limited to, changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations, activities of U.S. and non-U.S. governments, agencies and similar organizations, changes in a country's or region's social, economic or political conditions, military conflicts, including the current conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East, geopolitical disputes, including as a result of China-Taiwan relations, trade regulations affecting production, pricing and marketing of products, local labor conditions and regulations, semiconductor chip shortages, reduced protection of intellectual property rights, changes in the regulatory or legal environment, restrictions on currency exchange activities, trapped cash issues, burdensome taxes and tariffs and other trade barriers, as well as the imposition of economic or other trade sanctions or other protectionist policies, each of which could impact our ability to do business in certain jurisdictions or with certain persons. 20
Page 21
Table of Contents The U.S. government has taken actions or made proposals that are intended to address trade imbalances or trade practices and encourage increased production in the United States, including through measures such as the imposition of higher tariffs on imports into the U.S., the renegotiation of some U.S. trade agreements and other government regulations affecting trade between the U.S. and other countries where we conduct our business. These actions and proposals have resulted or could result in retaliatory actions by affected countries. Such changes increased prices for certain raw materials we import from such countries in 2025 and could further increase our raw material costs in 2026. In addition, these changes could reduce demand for our products in other countries and adversely impact the U.S. economy or certain sectors thereof or the economy of other countries in which we conduct operations, our industry and supply chain, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance and Litigation Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption laws of the United States and various international jurisdictions could negatively impact our reputation and results of operations. Doing business on a global basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and those of various international and sub-national jurisdictions, and our failure to successfully comply with these rules and regulations may expose us to liabilities which may be significant. These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. In particular, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act”), as well as anti-corruption laws of the various jurisdictions in which we operate. The FCPA, the Bribery Act and other laws prohibit us and our officers, directors, employees and agents acting on our behalf from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing or providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. As part of our business, we may, from time to time, deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA or the Bribery Act. We are subject to the jurisdiction of various governments and regulatory agencies outside of the U.S., which may bring our personnel into contact with foreign officials responsible for issuing or renewing permits, licenses or approvals or for enforcing or overseeing other governmental regulations. In addition, some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. Our global operations expose us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, the foregoing or other anti-corruption laws. Such violations could be punishable by criminal fines, imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions and exclusion from government contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be very expensive, disruptive and damaging to our reputation. Although we have implemented anti-corruption policies and procedures and provide training on these matters, there can be no guarantee that these policies, procedures and training will effectively prevent violations or alleged violations by our employees or representatives in the future, and we could face liability and reputational harm if our distributors and other business partners violate such laws or regulations. Evolving environmental, safety, product stewardship, consumer protection or other regulations and laws, including with respect to disclosure of metrics related to such areas, could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition. Our manufacturing activities and products, both inside and outside of the U.S., are subject to regulation by various federal, state, provincial and local laws, regulations and government agencies, including the EPA, as well as other authorities both inside and outside of the U.S. Legal and regulatory systems in emerging and developing markets may be less developed and less consistent. Laws and regulations, and the interpretation and enforcement thereof, may change as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic, regulatory or social events or in response to climate change. Changes in our business, whether resulting from acquisitions or otherwise, have previously increased, and may further increase, our exposure to additional laws and regulations, such as consumer protection statutes. The specific impact of changing laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement of current or future laws and regulations, on our business may vary depending on a number of factors. As a result of changing laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement of current or future laws and regulations, we have been and may in the future be required to make expenditures to modify operations, relocate operations, perform site cleanups or other environmental remediation, or curtail or cease operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Requirements relating to product stewardship and resource sustainability, including product recycling, packaging, composition and disposal, may also require us to incur significant expenses, including expenses related to costs, fines or other penalties, suspensions or modifications of products or manufacturing processes related to such products, or prohibitions of products we manufacture. In addition, new disclosure and due diligence requirements related to GHG emissions and climate change and other sustainability related topics, such as supply chain due diligence requirements, the California Climate Laws, the EU's CSRD and Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (“CSDDD”), and other requirements adopted by national and sub-national jurisdictions from time to time, may negatively impact our business by diverting resources and harming our reputation. 21
Page 22
Table of Contents We cannot predict the impact that changing climate conditions or more frequent and severe weather events, if any, will have on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Moreover, we cannot predict how legal, regulatory and social responses to concerns about climate change, as well as other sustainability and environmental matters, will impact our business. As a result of our current and past operations and/or products, including operations and/or products related to our businesses prior to the Acquisition, we could incur significant environmental liabilities and costs. We are subject to various laws and regulations around the world governing the protection of the environment and health and safety, including the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and the management and disposal of hazardous substances. These laws and regulations not only govern our current operations and products, but also impose potential liability on us for our or our predecessors' past operations. We could incur fines, penalties and other sanctions as a result of violations of such laws and regulations. In addition, as a result of our operations and/or products, including our past operations and/or products related to our businesses prior to the acquisition of DuPont Performance Coatings ("DPC"), a business formerly owned by E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (now known as EIDP, Inc., a subsidiary of Corteva, Inc.) (“EIDP”), including certain assets of DPC and all of the capital stock and other equity interests of certain entities engaged in the DPC business (the "Acquisition"), we could incur substantial costs, including costs relating to remediation and restoration activities and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury. The ultimate costs under environmental laws and the timing of these costs are difficult to accurately predict. Our accruals for costs and liabilities at sites where contamination is being investigated or remediated may not be adequate because the estimates on which the accruals are based depend on a number of factors, including the nature and extent of contamination, the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies, available technology, site-specific information, remediation alternatives and, at multi-party sites, other Potentially Responsible Parties ("PRPs") and the number and financial viability of the other PRPs. Additional contamination may also be identified, and/or additional cleanup obligations may be incurred, at these or other sites in the future. For example, periodic monitoring or investigation activities are ongoing at a number of our sites where contaminants have been detected or are suspected, and we may incur additional costs if more active or extensive remediation is required. In addition, in connection with the Acquisition, EIDP has, subject to certain exceptions and exclusions, agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities relating to environmental remediation obligations and certain claims relating to the exposure to hazardous substances and products manufactured prior to our separation from EIDP. We could incur material additional costs if EIDP fails to meet its obligations, if the indemnification proves insufficient or if we otherwise are unable to recover costs associated with such liabilities. The costs of our current operations, complying with complex environmental laws and regulations, as well as internal voluntary programs, are significant and will continue to be so for the foreseeable future as environmental regulations become more stringent. We handle and transport certain materials that are inherently hazardous due to their toxic nature. In our business, we handle and transport hazardous materials. If mishandled or released into the environment, whether by us or providers who are contracted for transportation, these materials could cause substantial property damage, environmental harm or personal injuries resulting in significant legal claims against us. In addition, evolving regulations concerning the handling and transportation of certain materials could result in increased future capital or operating costs. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by litigation and claims. We face risks arising from various litigation matters and other claims that have been asserted against us or that may be asserted against us in the future, including, but not limited to, claims for product liability, patent and trademark infringement, antitrust, warranty, contract and third-party property damage or personal injury, including claims arising from the matters described in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For instance, we have seen a continuing nationwide trend in purported class actions against chemical manufacturers generally seeking relief such as medical monitoring, property damages, off-site remediation and punitive damages arising from alleged environmental torts without claiming present personal injuries. We have also seen a continuing trend in public and private nuisance suits being filed on behalf of states, counties, cities and utilities alleging harm to the general public. There is also heightened scrutiny by governments, regulators and potential plaintiffs on the usage of per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (“PFAS”) and microplastics in products, the role of PFAS and microplastics in the contamination of soil, air and water and health concerns related to the use of products containing PFAS and microplastics. Governmental inquiries or requirements involving PFAS and microplastics could cause us to incur liability for damages or other costs, civil proceedings, including personal injury claims, class actions, the imposition of fines and penalties, or other remedies, as well as restrictions on or added costs for our business operations going forward. Various factors or developments can lead to changes in current estimates of liabilities such as a final adverse judgment, significant settlement or changes in applicable law. A future adverse ruling or unfavorable development in any one or more of these matters could result in future charges that could have a material adverse effect on us or could be material to our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 22
Page 23
Table of Contents Risks Related to Human Resources If we are required to make unexpected payments to any pension plans applicable to our employees, our financial condition may be adversely affected. We have defined benefit pension plans in which many of our current and former employees outside the U.S. participate or have participated. Many of these plans are underfunded or unfunded and the liabilities in relation to these plans will need to be satisfied as they mature from our operating reserves. In jurisdictions where the defined benefit pension plans are intended to be funded with assets in a trust or other funding vehicle, the liabilities exceed the corresponding assets in many of the plans. Various factors, such as changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions (including as to life expectancy, discount rates and rate of return on assets) as well as changes in asset allocations and actual return on assets, can increase the expenses and liabilities of the defined benefit pension plans. The assets and liabilities of the plans must be valued from time to time under applicable funding rules and as a result we may be required to increase the cash payments we make in relation to these defined benefit pension plans. Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected to the extent that we are required to make any additional payments to any relevant defined benefit pension plans in excess of the amounts assumed in our current projections and assumptions or report higher pension plan expenses under relevant accounting rules. We are subject to work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force, which may adversely impact our operations and cause us to incur incremental costs. Many of our employees globally are in unions or otherwise covered by labor agreements, including works councils. As of December 31, 2025, substantially all of our U.S. workforce was not unionized and approximately half of our workforce outside the U.S. was unionized or otherwise covered by labor agreements. Consequently, we have been and may in the future be subject to union campaigns, work stoppages, union negotiations and other labor disputes. Additionally, negotiations with unions or works councils in connection with existing labor agreements may result in significant increases in our cost of labor, limit our ability to restructure or manage our operations, divert management's attention away from operating our business or break down and result in the disruption of our operations. The occurrence of any of the preceding outcomes could impair our ability to manufacture our products and result in increased costs and/or worsened operating results. We may not be able to recruit and retain the experienced and skilled personnel we need to compete. Our future success depends on our ability to attract, retain, develop and motivate highly skilled personnel. We must have talented personnel to succeed, and competition for management and skilled employees in our industry is intense. Our ability to meet our performance and growth goals depends upon the personal efforts and abilities of our management and skilled employees. We cannot assure you that we will retain or successfully recruit senior management, or that their services will remain available to us. We may experience retention risks during periods of uncertainty, including during the pendency of the Merger. In addition, increasing legislative, regulatory and judicial scrutiny, or limitations, on employee non-compete and similar agreements and restrictions may make it easier for former employees to work for our competitors or to otherwise compete with our business. Failures in these areas could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Risks Related to Intellectual Property Our inability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our financial results. Intellectual property rights both in the U.S. and in foreign countries, including patents, trade secrets, confidential information, trademarks and trade names, are important to our business and will be critical to our ability to grow and succeed in the future. We make decisions on whether to apply for intellectual property protection and what kind of protection to pursue based on a cost benefit analysis. While we endeavor to protect our intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions in which our products are produced or used and in jurisdictions into which our products are imported, the decision to file for intellectual property protection is made on a case-by-case basis and we may not accurately assess the jurisdictions where intellectual property protection is worthwhile. Our intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the U.S. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products, processes and services in certain jurisdictions. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any jurisdiction, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, the initial claims may be narrowed through the prosecution process and we cannot assure you that our pending patent applications will not be challenged by third parties or that such applications will eventually be granted by the applicable patent offices. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Our existing patents will all eventually expire, after which we will not be able to prevent our competitors from using our previously patented technologies, which could materially adversely affect our competitive advantage stemming from the applicable products and 23
Page 24
Table of Contents technologies. We also cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. We also utilize and rely on a significant number of unpatented proprietary technologies. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require certain employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements as we deem appropriate. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into these confidentiality agreements or that they will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties have in the past and in the future may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. We also license certain of our trademarks for use by third parties. In an effort to preserve our trademark rights, we enter into license agreements with these third parties that govern the use of our trademarks and contain limitations on their use. Although we make efforts to police the use of our trademarks by our licensees, these efforts may not be sufficient to ensure that our licensees abide by the terms of their licenses and our trademark rights could be diluted. We are also a licensee of certain intellectual property owned by third parties. Failure to maintain such licenses or our inability to continue to use such intellectual property, due to disputes with those third parties or otherwise, could adversely affect our business. If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it may be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in any litigation could harm our business. We cannot assure you that our activities will not, unintentionally or otherwise, infringe on the intellectual property rights owned by others. We may spend significant time and effort and incur significant litigation costs if we are required to defend ourselves against infringement claims, regardless of whether the claims have merit. If we are found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to substantial claims for damages, which could materially impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. We may also be required to cease development, use or sale of the relevant products or processes, or we may be required to obtain a license on the disputed rights, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Risks Related to Other Aspects of our Business We may continue to engage in acquisitions and divestitures, and may encounter difficulties integrating acquired businesses with, or disposing of divested businesses from, our current operations and, as a result, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions and divestitures. While the Merger Agreement contains certain restrictions in this regard, we may continue to seek to grow through acquisitions, joint ventures or other arrangements. Our due diligence reviews in these transactions may not sufficiently identify all problems, costs or liabilities with respect to a particular transaction and we may incur unanticipated costs or expenses from litigation and other liabilities. We may face regulatory scrutiny as a result of perceived concentration in certain markets, which could cause additional delay or prevent us from completing certain acquisitions that would be beneficial to our business. We may also encounter difficulties in integrating acquisitions with our operations. Additionally, we may not achieve the benefits, including synergies and cost savings, we anticipate when we first enter into a transaction in the amount or on the timeframe anticipated. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Furthermore, we have in the past made and may in the future make divestitures from time to time. These divestitures may result in continued financial involvement in the divested businesses, such as through indemnities, guarantees or other financial arrangements, and could ultimately impose additional financial obligations upon us, affecting our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Acquisitions and divestitures may also require us to devote significant internal resources and could divert management's attention away from operating our business. Our joint ventures may not operate according to our business strategy if our joint venture partners fail to fulfill their obligations. As part of our business, we have entered into certain, and may in the future enter into additional, joint venture arrangements. Because the nature of a joint venture requires us to share control over significant decisions with unaffiliated third parties, we may not be able to require our joint ventures to take actions that we believe are necessary to implement our business strategy. Additionally, differences in views among joint venture participants may result in delayed decisions or failures to agree on major issues. If these differences cause the joint ventures to deviate from our business strategy, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 24
Page 25
Table of Contents EIDP’s potential breach of its obligations in connection with the Acquisition, including failure to comply with its indemnification obligations, may materially affect our business and operating results. Although the Acquisition closed on February 1, 2013, EIDP still has performance obligations to us, including fulfilling certain indemnification requirements. We could incur material additional costs if EIDP fails to meet its obligations or if we otherwise are unable to recover costs associated with such liabilities. We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our common shares. Based on the market price of our common shares and the composition of our income, assets and operations, we do not expect to be treated as a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not take a contrary position. Furthermore, this is a factual determination that must be made annually after the close of each taxable year. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. person holds our common shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. person. Risks Related to our Indebtedness Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy and our industry and our flexibility in managing our business, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations with respect to our indebtedness. As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately $3.2 billion of indebtedness on a consolidated basis. As of December 31, 2025, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under our outstanding debt instruments. We are more leveraged than some of our competitors, which could adversely affect our business plans. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could: • limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes; • require us to devote a substantial portion of our annual cash flow to the payment of interest on our indebtedness; • expose us to the risk of high interest rates, as, over the term of our debt, the interest cost on a significant portion of our indebtedness is subject to changes in interest rates; • limit our ability to repurchase our common shares or pay dividends; • limit our flexibility in managing our business through our obligation to comply with customary financial and other covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, including the indentures governing our Senior Notes (as defined in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) and the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K), which covenants are described in further detail in Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K; and • increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, downturns in general economic conditions or in one or more of our businesses. In addition, we and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness under the agreements governing our indebtedness or otherwise, which could intensify the risks noted above and other related risks. Although the indentures governing our Senior Notes and the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of thresholds, qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Additionally, these restrictions may not prevent us from incurring obligations that, although preferential to our common shares in terms of payment, do not constitute indebtedness. See Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financial Condition." To service all of our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control. As described below in "Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Shares", our ability to generate cash is dependent on the earnings and receipt of funds from our subsidiaries and joint ventures, which businesses are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions, and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available under our Senior 25
Page 26
Table of Contents Secured Credit Facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including planned capital expenditures. In such circumstances, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness at or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, issuing additional equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions and investments. Such actions, if necessary, may not be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The instruments governing our indebtedness restrict our ability to sell assets and to use the proceeds from such sales, and we may not be able to consummate those dispositions or obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, and we may not be able to obtain waivers of such defaults from our lenders. In the event of such un-waived default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable or unwilling to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could negatively impact our business. We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow from them for any reason, our business could be negatively impacted. During periods of volatility in the credit markets, there is risk that any lender, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including, but not limited to, extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility, or allowing access to additional credit features. If our lenders are unable or unwilling to fund borrowings under their revolving credit commitments or we are unable to borrow from them, it could be difficult to obtain sufficient liquidity to meet our operational needs. Our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited. Although we believe our cash and cash equivalents, together with cash we expect to generate from operations and unused capacity available under our Revolving Credit Facility, provide adequate resources to fund ongoing operating requirements, we may need to seek additional financing to compete effectively. If we are unable to obtain capital on commercially reasonable terms, it could: • reduce funds available to us for purposes such as working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, strategic acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; • restrict our ability to introduce new products, exploit business opportunities and compete effectively; and • increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and competitive pressures in the markets in which we operate. Difficult and volatile conditions in the capital, credit and commodities markets and in the overall economy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Difficult global economic conditions, including significant volatility in the capital, credit and commodities markets, low levels of business and consumer confidence and high levels of unemployment in certain parts of the world, could affect our business in a number of ways. For example: • under difficult market conditions there can be no assurance that borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility would be available or sufficient to meet our operational needs, and in such a case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on reasonable terms, or at all; • in order to respond to market conditions, we may need to seek waivers from the applicability of various provisions in the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the indentures governing our Senior Notes, and in such case, there can be no assurance that we can obtain such waivers at a reasonable cost, if at all; and • market conditions could cause the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments we may use to hedge our exposure to interest rate, commodity or currency fluctuations to experience financial difficulties and, as a result, our efforts to hedge these exposures could prove unsuccessful and, furthermore, our ability to engage in additional hedging activities may decrease or become more costly. We are subject to risks associated with the current interest rate environment and, to the extent we use debt to fund our operations, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of debt. 26
Page 27
Table of Contents A substantial portion of our indebtedness bears interest at variable rates, including the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), making our cost of debt higher in elevated interest rate environments, which increased costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. While we may choose to, and routinely do, enter into interest rate hedging transactions to mitigate the effect of fluctuations in interest rates, we can provide no assurance that we will enter any such transactions in the future or that any such transactions would be successful in mitigating the risks of fluctuations in interest rates. Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Shares Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. is a holding company with no operations of its own. Because our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries and joint ventures, we are largely dependent on our receipt of distributions and dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries and joint ventures for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any. We may engage in restructurings and similar transactions that have the effect of altering the economic features of, and rights associated with, our common shares. Though Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. is party to certain intercompany financing arrangements and is a guarantor of third party debt of certain of its indirect subsidiaries, our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries and joint ventures and our ability to generate cash to meet our debt service obligations or to make future dividend payments, if any, or to fund any share repurchases, is highly dependent on the earnings and the receipt of funds from our subsidiaries and joint ventures in the form of intercompany distributions, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us. Payments to us by our subsidiaries and joint ventures will be contingent upon our subsidiaries' or joint ventures' earnings and other business considerations and may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. In addition, there may be significant tax and other legal restrictions on the ability of foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures to remit money to Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Any payment of intercompany distributions, loans or advances to and from our subsidiaries and joint ventures could be subject to restrictions on, or taxation of, dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions, foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate or other restrictions imposed by current or future agreements, including debt instruments, to which our non-U.S. subsidiaries may be a party. From time to time, we may engage in internal reorganizations to manage such restrictions and other limitations. However, any such reorganizations may, among other things, adversely affect our operating results and cash flows. The price of our common shares has fluctuated, and may in the future fluctuate, significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment. Volatility in the market price of our common shares may prevent you from being able to sell your common shares at or above the price you paid for your common shares. The market price of our common shares has in the past fluctuated, and could in the future fluctuate, significantly for various reasons, including the realization of any risks described under this "Risk Factors" section. This volatility may increase further during the pendency of the Merger. In addition, over the past several years, the stock markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including us and other companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our common shares could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our business, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Further, in the past, market fluctuations and price declines in a company's stock have led to securities class action litigation. If such a suit were to arise, it could have a substantial cost, adversely impact our business and divert our resources regardless of the outcome. We do not expect to pay dividends on our common shares and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares. We currently do not declare or pay dividends on our common shares. Therefore, the success of an investment in our common shares will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased their shares. The payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends (including pursuant to the Merger Agreement during the pendency of the Merger) and other relevant considerations. The credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indentures governing our Senior Notes also limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Bermuda law imposes requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common shares. As a consequence of these limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our common shares. The Board has authorized a common share repurchase program of $700 million, of which $435 million remains available, though the Merger Agreement prohibits us from repurchasing shares, whether under the repurchase program or otherwise, 27
Page 28
Table of Contents without the prior written consent of AkzoNobel. Accordingly, there is no guarantee with respect to the timing or amount of any future share repurchases. Common share repurchases may reduce the liquidity available to the Company for other activities, including repayment of debt, working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, strategic acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. Future sales of our common shares in the public market could lower our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares. We and our shareholders may sell additional common shares in subsequent offerings, subject to certain limitations, including those set forth in the Merger Agreement during the pendency of the Merger. We may also issue additional common shares or convertible debt securities. As of February 6, 2026, we had 1,000,000,000 common shares authorized and 213,373,942 common shares outstanding. We cannot predict the size of future issuances or sales of our common shares or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common shares will have on the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares (including sales by members of management and shares that may be issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares. See Part III, Item 13, "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence." We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers. We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of our shareholders are governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in another jurisdiction, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the U.S. or to enforce in the U.S. judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is questionable whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions. Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the U.S. and may afford less protection to our shareholders. We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act 1981, which differs in some material respects from laws typically applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda company are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Bermuda companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company and may only do so in limited circumstances. Shareholder class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which shareholder derivative actions may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more limited and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company's memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an action requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company's shareholders than those who actually approved it. When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company's affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company. Additionally, under our bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or dishonesty. In addition, the rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the U.S., particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the U.S. We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control. Our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board, including that directors may only be removed for cause and our Board can determine the powers, preferences and rights of our preference shares and issue the preference shares without shareholder approval. 28
Page 29
Table of Contents These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company and may prevent our shareholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests, make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and allow us to take corporate actions other than those you desire. General Risk Factors Interruption, interference with, or failure of our information technology and communications systems could hurt our ability to effectively provide our products and services, which could harm our reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. The availability of our products and services and fulfillment of our customer obligations depend on the continuing operation of our information technology and communications systems. Our systems are vulnerable to damage, interference, or interruption from modifications or upgrades, terrorist attacks, natural disasters or pandemics, power loss, telecommunications failures, user errors, computer viruses, ransomware attacks, computer denial of service attacks, phishing schemes, or other attempts to harm or access our systems, and we have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, such events, though the effects have yet to have a material adverse effect on our business. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. Any such event relating to our systems (or the systems of third parties that we rely on) could result in theft, misuse, modification or destruction of information, including trade secrets and confidential business information, and cause business disruptions, including those that may disrupt production at our manufacturing facilities, reputational damage and third-party claims, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Since the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to systems, or to otherwise sabotage them, change frequently and are often not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. As these threats continue to evolve, particularly around cybersecurity, we may be required to expend significant resources to enhance our control environment, processes, practices, and other countermeasures. While we have designed and implemented controls to restrict access to our data and information technology infrastructure, it is still vulnerable to unauthorized access through cyber attacks, theft and other security breaches. These types of attacks have occurred against our systems from time to time, and we believe there have been no material adverse impacts to date. We expect these attacks to continue, and our protective measures may not be adequate to ensure that our operations will not be disrupted, should another such event occur in the future. In addition, these attacks may increase in frequency or intensity during the pendency of the Merger. Geopolitical tensions or conflicts may further heighten the risk of cyber attacks, and the emergence and maturation of artificial intelligence capabilities may also lead to more sophisticated methods of attack. Although we continually seek to improve our countermeasures to prevent such events, we may be unable to anticipate every scenario and it is possible that certain cyber threats or vulnerabilities will be undetected or unmitigated in time to prevent an attack on us and our customers, which risk is especially heightened when demands of management’s attention are heightened in other areas such as the Merger. We have in the past been, and may in the future be, vulnerable to the effects of cybersecurity incidents that occur at third parties such as our customers, suppliers or business partners, and a failure of a third party's safeguards, policies or procedures could compromise our own data or operations. While we maintain safeguards to mitigate the effects of such incidents, we cannot be certain that such safeguards would be effective. These safeguards are reviewed periodically and modified to enable greater mitigation of such risks. See Part I, Item 1C, “Cybersecurity”. In addition, we rely extensively on information systems and technology to manage our business and summarize operating results. We are in the process of a multi-year implementation of a new ERP system, which will replace much of our existing core financial systems. We have in the past experienced temporary operational disruptions from our ERP system implementation and may in the future experience similar delays in any of the regions in which the new ERP system has not yet been implemented, which may result in increased costs and other difficulties, including the diversion of management from the day-to-day operation of the business. Failure to successfully implement the ERP system could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Additionally, the ERP system is critical to our ability to provide important information to our management on a timely basis, obtain and deliver products to our customers, provide services and customer support, send invoices and track payments, fulfill contractual obligations, accurately maintain books and records, provide accurate, timely and reliable reports on our financial and operating results, improve our data management, and otherwise operate our business. Failure of the ERP system to perform adequately in any of these areas could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows, and, in the case of functions that impact our customers, could result in harm to our customer relationships. Lastly, if we do not effectively implement the ERP system as planned or the ERP system does not operate as intended, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could be negatively affected. 29
Page 30
Table of Contents Uncertainty in the development, deployment, and use of artificial intelligence in our products and services, as well as our business more broadly, could adversely affect our business and reputation. Artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies may enable disruption in our industry and threaten our competitive positioning. We use systems and tools that incorporate technologies based on AI, including systems and tools that may include generative AI for customers and our workforce. As with many new and emerging technologies, AI presents numerous risks and challenges that could adversely affect our business. AI continues to be an emerging technology, and ineffective or inadequate AI deployment, safeguards, controls or application practices by us or third parties could result in unintended consequences. For example, models, including large language models, underlying AI solutions that we use may be flawed or may be based on datasets that are biased or insufficient or of poor quality. There is also uncertainty around the validity and enforceability, as well as the nature, of our rights in intellectual property that is created in connection with our use, development, and deployment of AI, including the potential compromise of our rights in our intellectual property that is input into AI tools, whether done intentionally or by our employees or agents without permission to do so. In addition, our use of AI could unintentionally infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties. Developing, testing, and deploying resource-intensive AI systems may require additional investment and increase our costs. Certain of our competitors may deploy AI technologies that provide more value to customers than those deployed by us, which could affect customer demand for our products and services. Additionally, certain AI technologies may enable, or accelerate the pace of, disruption in our industry, including by allowing existing and future competitors to compete and/or outpace Axalta in areas that we have a competitive advantage in currently, including color-matching and certain application technologies. Any of the foregoing may result in decreased demand for our products or harm to our business, results of operations or reputation. The legal and regulatory landscape surrounding AI technologies is rapidly evolving and uncertain, including in the areas of intellectual property, cybersecurity, and privacy and data protection. Compliance with new or changing laws, regulations or industry standards relating to AI may impose significant operational costs, limit or foreclose our ability to develop, deploy or use AI technologies or result in legal liability, regulatory action, or reputational harm. Increased competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As described in greater detail in the "Performance Coatings Competition" section on page 7 and the "Mobility Coatings Competition" section on page 10, we face substantial competition from many international, national, regional and local competitors of various sizes in the manufacturing, distribution and sale of our coatings and related products. Our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We take on credit risk exposure from our customers in the ordinary course of our business. We routinely offer customers pre-bates, loans and other financial incentives to purchase our products. These arrangements generally obligate the customer to purchase products from us and/or repay us such incentives. In the event that a customer is unwilling or unable to fulfill its obligations under these arrangements, we have incurred, and may in the future incur, financial losses. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we guarantee certain of our customers' obligations to third parties. Any default by our customers on their obligations could force us to make payments to the applicable creditor. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail on guarantees of our customers’ obligations to third parties. It is possible that customer defaults on obligations owed to us and on third-party obligations that we have guaranteed could be significant, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our level of credit risk exposure from our customers has remained stable in recent years. Currency risk may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We derive a significant portion of our net sales from outside the U.S. and conduct our business and incur costs in the local currency of most countries in which we operate. Because our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate our financial results as well as assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect during or at the end of each reporting period, as applicable. Therefore, increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against currencies in such countries will affect our results of operations and the value of balance sheet items denominated in foreign currencies. In particular, we are exposed to the Euro, the Brazilian Real, the Chinese Yuan, the British Pound, the Australian Dollar, the Turkish Lira, the Mexican Peso, the Indian Rupee, the Swedish Krona, the Swiss Franc and the Argentinian Peso, among others. Furthermore, many of our local businesses import or buy raw materials in a currency other than their functional currency, which can impact the operating results for these operations if we are unable to mitigate the impact of the currency exchange fluctuations. We cannot accurately predict the effects of exchange rate fluctuations upon our future operating results because of the number of currencies involved, the variability of currency exposures and the potential volatility of currency exchange rates. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 30
Page 31
Table of Contents Terrorist acts, conflicts, wars, natural disasters, pandemics and other health crises, among other events beyond our control, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a multinational company with a large international footprint, we are subject to increased risk of damage or disruption to us, our employees and other personnel, facilities, partners, suppliers, distributors, resellers or customers due to terrorist acts, conflicts, wars, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, power outages, pandemics or other public health crises and environmental incidents, wherever located around the world. The potential for such events, the national and international responses to such events, or perceived threats or potential conflicts relating to or arising out of such events may create economic and political uncertainties and challenges for us, our customers, suppliers and logistic partners that could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Such events may compromise the safety of, and continued provision of services by, our employees and other personnel, including executive officers and other key personnel, and any resulting disruptions or loss of services could harm our business. A loss of the use of all or a portion of one of our key manufacturing facilities due to accident, labor issues, weather conditions, acts of war, political unrest, geopolitical risk, terrorist activity, pandemic or other public health crises, natural disaster or otherwise, whether short- or long-term, and any interruption in production capability, could require us to make substantial capital expenditures to remedy the situation, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Russia's conflict with Ukraine, conflicts in the Middle East and the sanctions and other measures imposed by various governments in response to these conflicts have increased the level of economic and political uncertainty globally. A significant escalation or expansion of economic disruption, countries subject to sanctions or the scope of any of these conflicts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and could result in, among other things, supply chain disruptions, rising prices for oil and other commodities, volatility in capital markets and foreign exchange rates, rising interest rates or heightened cybersecurity risks, any of which may adversely affect the Company’s business. The insurance we maintain may not cover all potential exposures. Our product liability, property, business interruption, cybersecurity and casualty insurance coverages may not cover all risks associated with the operation of our business and may not be sufficient to offset the costs of any losses, lost sales or increased costs experienced during business interruptions. For some risks, we may elect not to obtain insurance. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies can increase substantially and, in some instances, certain insurance policies may become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. As a result, we may not be able to renew our insurance policies or procure other desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Losses and liabilities from uninsured or underinsured events and delay in the payment of insurance proceeds could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We are subject to complex and evolving data privacy laws. Our business is subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and other matters, including GDPR. We could be liable for loss or misuse of our customers' and/or our employees' personally-identifiable information if we fail to prevent or mitigate such misuse or loss. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect customer and employee information and prevent misuse of such information and other security breaches, failure to prevent or mitigate such misuse or breaches may affect our reputation and operating results negatively and may require significant management time and attention and could result in significant regulatory fines and/or other penalties. We may be subject to changes in our tax rates, the adoption of tax legislation or additional tax liabilities, each of which may adversely affect our results of operations. We are subject to taxes in the U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions where our subsidiaries are organized. Due to economic and political conditions, tax rates, tax laws and other non-tax legislation, such as economic substance regulations, in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change. Our effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in available tax credits or tax deductions and changes in tax and other non-tax laws or their interpretation, such as interpretations as to the legality of tax advantages granted under the EU state aid rules, impacts of the EU's Anti-Tax Avoidance Directive and local exit tax rules with respect to business restructurings. Our tax returns and other tax matters are subject to examination by local tax authorities and governmental bodies. Additionally, we and our subsidiaries are engaged in intercompany transactions across multiple tax jurisdictions. Although we believe we have clearly reflected the economics of these transactions and the proper local transfer pricing documentation is in place, tax authorities may propose and sustain adjustments. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these examinations. If our effective tax rates were to 31
Page 32
Table of Contents increase, or if the ultimate determination of the taxes owed by us is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”), which represents a coalition of member countries globally, is supporting changes to numerous long-standing tax principles through its base erosion and profit shifting (“BEPS”) project. The BEPS project is focused on a number of issues, including the shifting of profits among affiliated entities located in jurisdictions with different tax rates and a global minimum corporate income tax under “Pillar Two.” The Pillar Two framework imposes, among other items, a minimum tax rate of 15% that has been implemented by several jurisdictions in which we operate, with effect from January 1, 2024. Many jurisdictions continue to announce changes in their tax laws and regulations based on the Pillar Two framework. While we continue to evaluate the impact of these legislative changes as additional guidance becomes available, uncertainty remains regarding the timing and interpretation by tax authorities in affected jurisdictions. The effect of Pillar Two rules did not have a significant impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025, but could have adverse impact on our effective tax rate, tax liabilities and cash tax in future years. On July 4, 2025, the President of the U.S. signed into law the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”). The OBBBA maintains the 21% corporate tax rate and makes permanent many of the beneficial expired and expiring provisions originally enacted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, including immediate expensing of domestic research and development expenditures, more favorable interest deductibility, and 100% business depreciation with effective dates in 2025. Revisions to the international tax framework are effective in 2026. The effect of the OBBBA did not have a material impact on the effective tax rate in our condensed consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025. The OBBBA reduced cash paid for taxes during the year ended December 31, 2025. Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our sustainability practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks. Companies are facing increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their ESG practices and disclosure. Recently adopted disclosure requirements related to sustainability, including the EU’s CSRD and CSDDD and the California Climate Laws, have already and will continue to increase our sustainability-related compliance costs, which could result in increases to our overall operational costs. New government regulations could also result in new or more stringent forms of sustainability oversight, including increased limitation on, or required reduction of, GHG emissions, and the expansion of mandatory and voluntary reporting, diligence, and disclosure regarding sustainability matters. In addition, we may be subject to heightened scrutiny, negative publicity, boycotts, lawsuits or demands from activists, politicians or other individuals or organizations opposed to sustainability, and the expectations of these individuals or organizations may conflict with regulatory requirements or stakeholder expectations. Failure to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or investor, employee, customer, or other stakeholder expectations, including any perceived failure, could negatively impact our reputation, ability to do business with certain customers, and our stock price. 32
Page 33
Table of Contents ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY Risk Management and Strategy The availability of our products and services and fulfillment of our customer obligations depend on the continuing operation of our information technology and communications systems. Accordingly, cybersecurity represents a critical component of the Company’s overall approach to risk management. The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices are integrated into the Company’s enterprise risk management (“ERM”) approach, and cybersecurity risks are among the core enterprise risks that are subject to oversight by the Board, as described below, acting through the Audit Committee. The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices leverage recognized frameworks established by the International Organization for Standardization. The Company generally approaches cybersecurity threats through a cross-functional, multilayered approach, with the goals of implementing and maintaining preventative controls, identifying and monitoring threats and maximizing chances of recovery in the case of a cybersecurity incident. The Company periodically engages assessors, consultants, auditors and other third parties to assess our cybersecurity programs, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The Company adjusts its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by the assessments, audits and reviews. In engaging with third-party providers that will have access to certain sensitive Company data, the Company performs a cross-functional due diligence review and attempts to identify risks posed by engaging such third-party providers, and, where feasible, seeks to obtain contractual commitments from such third parties with respect to such engagement. The Company maintains cybersecurity insurance with coverage for security incident response expenses, certain losses due to network securityfailures, investigation expenses, privacy liability and certain third-party liability, subject to certain deductibles, exclusions and policy limits. Governance and Oversight The Board and the Audit Committee are responsible for overseeing the Company’s ERM processes, with the Audit Committee being tasked with overseeing cybersecurity risks facing the Company. Throughout the year, the Audit Committee receives regular updates from management on cybersecurity matters, which address a wide range of topics including, for example, recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the overall threat environment, technological trends, global employee training and efforts to enhance the Company’s cybersecurity capabilities and preparedness. Relevant matters are also reviewed with the full Board on at least an annual basis. The Company’s Global Director of Information Security & Compliance (the “GDISC”) is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management programs, in partnership with business and functional leaders across the Company. The GDISC has 23 years of experience in the information technology and cybersecurity field, including previous roles in cybersecurity leadership, governance, and technology architecture and engineering. The GDISC reports to the Company’s Chief Information Officer (the “CIO”), who reports directly to the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. The CIO has 25 years of experience in the information technology and cybersecurity field, including previous roles in security architecture, audit, compliance, and governance. Under the oversight of the GDISC, members of the Company’s Information Technology and Compliance departments administer the Company’s cybersecurity response policies, including assessing cybersecurity incidents as they occur and determining the severity of any cybersecurity incidents. To facilitate the success of this program, multidisciplinary teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s policies. These teams report to an incident response governance team, which is composed of members of the Company’s senior leadership team, including the CIO. These teams monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents in real time, and report incidents to the Audit Committee, as appropriate. For additional information regarding how cybersecurity threats have affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—General Risk Factors—Interruption, interference with, or failure of our information technology and communications systems could hurt our ability to effectively provide our products and services, which could harm our reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.” 33
Page 34
Table of Contents ITEM 2. PROPERTIES Our extensive geographic footprint comprises 42 manufacturing facilities (including two manufacturing sites operated by our joint ventures), four major technology centers and 48 customer training centers supporting our global operations. The table below presents summary information regarding our facilities as of December 31, 2025. Type of Facility/Country Location Segment Manufacturing Facilities North America Canada Cornwall, ON Performance Milton, ON Performance United States of America Brighton, MI Performance Fridley, MN Performance Front Royal, VA Performance; Mobility Ft. Madison, IA Performance; Mobility High Point, NC Performance Houston, TX Performance Jacksonville, TX Performance Madison, AL Performance Mt. Clemens, MI Performance; Mobility Orrville, OH Performance Riverside, CA Performance Sacramento, CA Performance Latin America Brazil Guarulhos Performance; Mobility Colombia Cartagena de Indias Performance Guatemala Amatitlan Performance Mexico Apodaca Performance Ocoyoacac Performance Tlalnepantla Performance; Mobility EMEA Austria Guntramsdorf Performance; Mobility France Montbrison Performance Germany Wuppertal Performance; Mobility Netherlands Zuidland Performance Sweden Västervik Performance Switzerland Bulle Performance Turkey Gebze Performance; Mobility United Kingdom Darlington Performance Farnham Performance Huthwaite Performance Wellingborough Performance United Arab Emirates Ras Al Khaimah Performance Asia Pacific China Jilin Performance; Mobility Jiading Performance; Mobility Qingpu Performance Ma’anshan Performance India Savli Performance; Mobility Malaysia Shah Alam Performance Shah Alam Performance Thailand Bangplee Performance; Mobility (1) (1) (1) 34
Page 35
Table of Contents Type of Facility/Country Location Segment Joint Venture ManufacturingFacilities Indonesia Cikarang Performance Joint Venture Partner ManufacturingFacilities South Africa Port Elizabeth Mobility Technology Centers China Shanghai Performance; Mobility Germany Wuppertal Performance; Mobility United States of America Mt. Clemens, MI Performance; Mobility Philadelphia, PA Performance; Mobility Customer Training Centers Location by Region Number of Facilities North America 11 Latin America 2 EMEA 18 Asia Pacific 17 (1) Subject to a mortgage under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. We own 27 of our manufacturing facilities, two of our technology centers, and 12 of our customer training centers, while the rest of the facilities and centers are leased. We believe that our properties as currently constituted are suitable, adequate and provide sufficient productive capacity for our current operations. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are from time to time party to legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We are not involved in any litigation other than that which has arisen in the ordinary course of business. We do not expect that any currently pending lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on us as discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. SEC regulations require disclosure of certain environmental matters when a governmental authority is a party to the proceedings and such proceedings involve potential monetary sanctions that the Company reasonably believes will exceed a specified threshold. Pursuant to recent SEC amendments to this requirement, the Company will be using a threshold of $1 million for such proceedings. The Company is not aware of any matters that exceed this threshold and that meet the other conditions for disclosure. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The executive officers of the Company are appointed by the Board. The following table provides information regarding our executive officers: Name Age* Position Chris Villavarayan 55 Chief Executive Officer and President Carl D. Anderson II 56 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Troy D. Weaver 54 President, Global Refinish Hadi H. Awada 47 President, Global Mobility Coatings Tim Bowes 62 President, Global Industrial Coatings Amy Tufano 45 Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer Alex Tablin-Wolf 42 Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary *As of February 13, 2026 35
Page 36
Table of Contents Chris Villavarayan Mr. Villavarayan has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President since January 1, 2023. Mr. Villavarayan joined the Company from Meritor, Inc., a global supplier of a broad range of integrated systems, modules and components to OEMs and the aftermarket for the commercial vehicle, transportation and industrial sectors (“Meritor”), where he held a number of positions of increasing responsibility over the course of 22 years, most recently serving, from 2021 until October 2022, as CEO and President. Prior to this role, he served, from 2020-2021, as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, overseeing Meritor’s global operations for both its business units, Global Truck and Aftermarket & Industrial, and serving, from 2018-2021, as board lead with executive oversight of Meritor’s four largest joint ventures. From 2018-2020, Mr. Villavarayan served as Senior Vice President and President – Global Truck, with responsibility for leading P&L across Meritor’s global truck business, and from 2014-2018 as President – Americas, managing multiple businesses across portfolios as leader of Meritor’s North and South America businesses. Meritor was acquired by Cummins Inc. in August 2022. Mr. Villavarayan currently serves as a Director on the Board of Franklin Electric. Mr. Villavarayan earned his B.S. in civil engineering from McMaster University and completed the Wharton Executive Education Advanced Finance Program. Carl D. Anderson II Mr. Anderson has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Axalta since August 14, 2023. Previously, he served as the Chief Financial Officer for XPO, Inc., a leading provider of freight transportation services, from November 2022 to August 2023. Prior to XPO, Mr. Anderson was Senior Vice President and CFO at Meritor from March 2019 to October 2022. Throughout his 16-year tenure with Meritor, Mr. Anderson also served as Group Vice President, Finance; Treasurer; Assistant Treasurer; and Director, International Capital Markets, Risk Management and Corporate Insurance. Earlier, he held treasury and financial planning roles at General Motors Acceptance Corporation after beginning his career with First Chicago Corporation. Mr. Anderson earned an M.B.A. from Wayne State University and a B.A. in Economics from Michigan State University. Troy D. Weaver Mr. Weaver has served as our President, Global Refinish since January 2024. Prior to that, Mr. Weaver served as our Senior Vice President, Global Refinish from October 2020 until January 2024, as our Vice President, Global Refinish from August 2019 until October 2020 and as our Vice President, North America Refinish from January 2017 until August 2019 where he was responsible for Axalta’s high performing Refinish business in the U.S. and Canada. Mr. Weaver also led Axalta’s initiative to secure and grow market share with multiple location collision shop operators, mega-dealers, and nationally recognized collision shop networks. Mr. Weaver began his career at DuPont Performance Coatings in 1992 where he held various Sales and Marketing leadership roles. He is also a two-time recipient of DuPont’s Prestigious Marketing Excellence Award, first in 2007 and again in 2010. Mr. Weaver is active in the industry and has served as Chairman of the Board of CIECA (Collision Industry Electronic Commerce Association). Hadi H. Awada Mr. Awada has served as our President, Global Mobility Coatings since January 2024. Prior to that, Mr. Awada was our Senior Vice President, Global Mobility Coatings from October 2020 until January 2024. Previously, Mr. Awada was President, Forvia Mobility – North America, where he also served as a member of Forvia North American Board of Management and President, Faurecia Clean Mobility – Asia Pacific, serving on multiple boards with joint venture partners. In those roles, Mr. Awada ran a multi-billion dollar business and led efforts to develop and deploy an operational turnaround and transform the product line to focus on new technologies for customers seeking sustainability and innovation. Previously at Faurecia, he worked in Europe where he led sales and programs for many international customers. He also spent four years in Asia as the Vice President for light vehicle customer business units, product line, marketing and communications. Mr. Awada was employed by Faurecia from 2004 to 2010 and again from 2013 to 2020. Mr. Awada started his career after earning his B.A. from the University of Toledo, serving the Ford Motor Company in various roles within the Ford customer service division. 36
Page 37
Table of Contents Tim Bowes Mr. Bowes has served as our President, Global Industrial Coatings since January 2025. Prior to that, Mr. Bowes served as Axalta’s Senior Vice President and Chief Transformation Officer from March 2023 until his appointment as President, Global Industrial Coatings. Prior to joining Axalta, he served as Senior Vice President and President of Electrification, Industrial, Aftermarket, Purchasing & Supply Chain for Meritor. Mr. Bowes has also served as Senior Vice President and President of the Casting business unit for American Axle & Manufacturing and CEO and President of Transtar Industries, an Industrial and Automotive Aftermarket company. He also held executive leadership roles at ITT Automotive and Intermet. Mr. Bowes has lived and worked in Asia and Europe and holds an M.B.A. from Wayne State University in Detroit, Michigan and a B.S. from Lawrence Technological University in Southfield, Michigan. Amy Tufano Ms. Tufano has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since September 2023. Ms. Tufano has been with Axalta since 2021, joining the company as Vice President of Human Resources (“HR”) for the global Operations and Technology organizations. Previously, Ms. Tufano served in HR leadership roles at Campbell Soup Company and Northrop Grumman. She earned an M.B.A. from Loyola Marymount University and a B.A. in Business Administration from Flagler College. Alex Tablin-Wolf Mr. Tablin-Wolf has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary since January 2024. Mr. Tablin-Wolf joined Axalta in January 2017, and, prior to his current appointment, served in a number of roles of increasing responsibility. Prior to joining Axalta, Mr. Tablin-Wolf was a corporate attorney at Blank Rome LLP and Fox Rothschild LLP, where he concentrated his practice on mergers and acquisitions, venture capital and general corporate counseling. Mr. Tablin-Wolf earned a B.S. in Psychology from Santa Clara University and a J.D., cum laude, from the Temple University Beasley School of Law. 37
Page 38
Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Share Information Our common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AXTA.” As of February 6, 2026, there were three registered holders of record of Axalta’s common shares as shown on the records of the Company’s transfer agent. A substantially greater number of holders of Axalta common shares are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares of record are held by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. Since our incorporation in August 2012, we have not paid dividends on our common shares, and we do not currently intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities None. Stock Performance The line graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder value return of our common shares with the cumulative total returns of an overall stock market index, the Standard & Poor’s Composite 500 Index (“S&P 500”), and our peer group index, Standard & Poor’s 400 Materials Index (“S&P 400 Materials”). This graph assumes an investment of $100 in our common shares and each index (with all dividends reinvested) on December 31, 2020. ITEM 6. RESERVED 38
Page 39
Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis deals with comparisons of material changes in the consolidated financial statements for 2025 and 2024. For the comparison of 2024 and 2023, see Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 of our 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2025. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Many statements made in the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of federal securities laws and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan, strategies and capital structure. These statements often include words such as “anticipate”, “anticipates,” “anticipated,” “expect,” “expects,” “expected,” “believe,” “believes,” “intend,” “intended,” “estimate,” “estimated,” “projections,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “may,” “will,” “future,” “goals,” “targets,” “can,” “assumptions,” “plans,” “projected,” “proposed,” “potential,” “potentially,” “possible,” “strategy,” “threatened,”“seek” and “forecasts” and the negative of these words or other comparable or similar terminology. We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, economic, competitive, governmental, including related to any new or existing tariffs imposed by the U.S. and any retaliatory actions from other countries, geopolitical and technological factors outside of our control, as well as risks related to the proposed Merger with AkzoNobel (including our ability to consummate the proposed transaction and realize the anticipated benefits thereof), execution of, and assumptions underlying, our tariff mitigation strategies, the 2024 Transformation Initiative, and the 2026 A Plan, that may cause our business, industry, strategy, financing activities or actual results to differ materially. More information on potential factors that could affect our financial results is available in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents that we have filed with, or furnished to, the SEC, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections.Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors, including, but not limited to, those described in “Risk Factors,” could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. These forward-looking statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any of the forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. We use our investor relations page at ir.axalta.com as a means of disclosing material information to the public in a broad, non-exclusionary manner for purposes of the SEC’s Regulation Fair Disclosure (or Reg. FD). Investors should routinely monitor that site, in addition to our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts, as information posted on that page could be deemed to be material information. OVERVIEW We are a leading global manufacturer, marketer and distributor of high-performance coatings systems and products. We have over a 150- year heritage in the coatings industry and are known for manufacturing high-quality products with well-recognized brands supported by market-leading technology and customer service. Our diverse global footprint of 42 manufacturing facilities, four technology centers, 48 customer training centers and approximately 12,300 team members allows us to meet the needs of customers in over 140 countries. We serve our customer base through an extensive sales force and technical support organization, as well as through over 5,000 independent, locally based distributors. We operate our business in two operating segments, Performance Coatings and Mobility Coatings. Our segments are based on the type and concentration of customers served, service requirements, methods of distribution and major product lines. 39
Page 40
Table of Contents Through our Performance Coatings segment, we provide high-quality sustainable liquid and powder coating solutions to both large regional and global customers and to a fragmented and local customer base. These customers comprise, among others, independent or multi-shop operator body shops as well as a wide variety of industrial manufacturers. We are one of only a few suppliers with the technology to provide precise color matching and highly durable coatings systems. The end-markets within this segment are refinish and industrial. Through our Mobility Coatings segment, we provide coatings technologies for light vehicle and commercial vehicle OEMs. These global customers are faced with evolving megatrends in electrification, sustainability, personalization and autonomous driving that require a high level of technical expertise. These OEMs require efficient, environmentally responsible coatings systems that can be applied with a high degree of precision, consistency and speed. The end-markets within this segment are light vehicle and commercial vehicle. BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS General Business Highlights Our net sales decreased 3.0%, including a 1.1% benefit from foreign currency translation, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared with the year ended December 31, 2024. The decreased net sales were driven by lower volumes of 4.6%, partially offset by contributions of 0.5% from the acquisition of The CoverFlexx Group completed in July 2024 (the “CoverFlexx acquisition”). The following trends have impacted our segment net sales performance: Performance Coatings: Net sales decreased 5.2% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared with the year ended December 31, 2024. The decreased net sales were driven by lower sales volumes of 5.8% and furthered by lower average selling prices and unfavorable product mix of 1.7%, partially offset by favorable foreign currency translation of 1.5% driven by the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, partially offset by unfavorable fluctuations of the Mexican Peso, in each case compared to the U.S. Dollar, and contributions of 0.8% from the CoverFlexx acquisition. Mobility Coatings: Net sales increased 1.1% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared with the year ended December 31, 2024. The increased net sales were driven by higher average selling prices and favorable product mix of 3.2%, and favorable foreign currency translation of 0.2% driven by the strengthening of the Euro, partially offset by unfavorable fluctuations of the Mexican Peso and Brazilian Real, in each case compared to the U.S. Dollar, and lower sales volumes of 2.3%. Our business serves four end-markets globally with net sales for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 as follows: (In millions) Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 % change Performance Coatings Refinish $ 2,051 $ 2,164 (5.2)% Industrial 1,226 1,291 (5.1)% Total Net sales Performance Coatings 3,277 3,455 (5.2)% Mobility Coatings Light Vehicle 1,438 1,405 2.3 % Commercial Vehicle 402 416 (3.1)% Total Net sales Mobility Coatings 1,840 1,821 1.1 % Total Net sales $ 5,117 $ 5,276 (3.0)% Proposed Merger with Akzo Nobel N.V. During November 2025, we entered into a Merger Agreement with Akzo Nobel N.V., a public company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (“AkzoNobel”) providing for the combination of the Company and AkzoNobel in an all-stock merger.See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Leadership Transition On January 23, 2025, the Company announced that Tim Bowes was appointed President, Global Industrial Coatings, effective January 27, 2025. Mr. Bowes succeeded Shelley Bausch who stepped down from the role and left the Company. • • 40
Page 41
Table of Contents 2024 Transformation Initiative During February 2024, we announced the 2024 Transformation Initiative intended to simplify the Company’s organizational structure and enable us to be more proactive, responsive, and agile and to better serve our customers and to lower our cost base and improve financial performance and generate greater cash flows. See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Capital and Liquidity Highlights During the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased 5.3 million shares of our common stock for total consideration of $165 million pursuant to our $700 million share repurchase program. We have $435 million remaining available under the authorization. The MergerAgreement prohibits us from repurchasing shares, whether under the repurchase program or otherwise, without the prior written consent of AkzoNobel. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we prepaid $210 million of the outstanding principal amount of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans (as defined in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. During October 2025, we entered into the Seventeenth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to permit the use of borrowings under the Credit Agreement to fund repurchases of our common shares subject to the conditions set forth therein. FACTORS AFFECTING OUR OPERATING RESULTS The following discussion sets forth certain components of our statements of operations as well as factors that impact those items. Net sales We generate revenue from the sale of our products and services across all major geographic areas. Our net sales include total sales less estimates for returns and price allowances. Price allowances include discounts for prompt payment as well as volume-based incentives. Our overall net sales are generally impacted by the following factors: • fluctuations in overall economic activity within the geographic markets in which we operate; • underlying growth (or lack thereof) in one or more of our end-markets, either worldwide or in particular geographies in which we operate; • the type of products used within existing customer applications, or the development of new applications requiring products similar to ours; • changes in product sales prices (including volume discounts, cash discounts for prompt payment and impacts from raw material indexing); • changes in the level of competition faced by our products, including price competition, quality competition and the launch of new products by competitors; • changes in the mix of products we offer and sell to our customers; • our ability to successfully develop and launch new products and applications; • changes in buying habits of our customers (including our distributors); • overall vehicle repair costs; and • fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. While the factors described above impact net sales in each of our operating segments, the impact of these factors on our operating segments can differ, as described below. For more information about risks relating to our business, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors— Risks Related to our Business.” Cost of goods sold (“cost of sales”) Our cost of sales consists principally of the following: • Production materials costs. These include costs of the materials needed to manufacture products for distribution. These costs generally increase on an aggregate basis as production volumes increase, but materials prices are also influenced by changes in market dynamics. A significant amount of the materials used in production are purchased on a global lowest-cost basis. 41
Page 42
Table of Contents • Employee costs. These include the compensation and benefit costs, including share-based compensation expense, for employees involved in our manufacturing operations and on-site technical support services. These costs generally increase on an aggregate basis as production volumes increase and may decline as a percent of net sales as a result of economies of scale associated with higher production volumes. • Depreciation expense. Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated or amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. • Other. Our remaining cost of sales consists of freight costs, warehousing expenses, purchasing costs, costs associated with closing or idling of production facilities, functional costs supporting manufacturing, cost of poor quality, including product claims, and other general manufacturing expenses, such as expenses for utilities and energy consumption. The main factors that influence our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales include: • changes in the price of raw materials, including as a result of tariffs; • changes in the costs of labor, logistics and energy; • production volumes; • the implementation of cost control measures aimed at improving productivity, including reduction of fixed production costs, refinements in inventory management and the coordination of purchasing within each subsidiary and at the business level; • changes in sales volumes, average selling prices and product mix; • inventory obsolescence, quality and yield loss from manufacturing; and • fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) Our SG&A expenses consist of all expenditures incurred in connection with the sales and marketing of our products, as well as technical support for our customers and administrative overhead costs, including: • compensation and benefit costs for management, sales personnel and administrative staff, including share-based compensation expense. Expenses relating to our sales personnel increase or decrease principally with changes in sales volume due to the need to increase or decrease sales personnel to meet changes in demand. Expenses relating to administrative personnel generally do not increase or decrease directly with changes in sales volume; and • depreciation, advertising and other selling expenses, such as expenses incurred in connection with travel and communications. Changes in SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales have historically been impacted by a number of factors, including: • changes in the costs of labor, including inflationary pressures; • changes in sales volume, as higher volumes enable us to spread the fixed portion of our administrative expense over higher sales; • changes in our customer base, as new customers may require different levels of sales and marketing attention; • new product launches in existing and new markets, as these launches typically involve a more intense sales activity and technical support before they are integrated into customer applications; • customer credit issues requiring increases to the allowance for doubtful accounts; and • fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Other operating charges Our other operating charges include termination benefits and other employee-related costs, acquisition, merger and divestiture-related costs, impairment charges, certain environmental charges, and gains or losses on sales of facilities, details of which are included in our reconciliations of segment operating performance to income before income taxes as shown in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Research and development expenses Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to develop new products, services, processes and technologies or to generate significant improvements to existing products, services or processes. 42
Page 43
Table of Contents Interest expense, net Interest expense, net consists primarily of interest expense on institutional borrowings and other financing obligations and changes in fair value of interest rate derivative instruments, net of capitalized interest expense. Interest expense, net also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts associated with our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Senior Notes and other indebtedness. Other expense, net Other expense, net represents costs incurred on various non-operational items including costs incurred in conjunction with our debt refinancing and extinguishment transactions, interest income, as well as foreign exchange gains and losses and non-operational impairment losses unrelated to our core business. Provision for income taxes We and our subsidiaries are subject to income tax in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. While the extent of our future tax liability is uncertain, changes to the debt and equity capitalization of our subsidiaries, the realignment of the functions performed, and risks assumed by the various subsidiaries are among the factors that will determine the future book and taxable income of the Company and its subsidiaries. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the information contained in the accompanying financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results of operations summarized and analyzed below may not necessarily reflect what will occur in the future. Net sales Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Net sales 5,117 5,276 $ (159) (3.0)% Volume effect (4.6)% Impact of CoverFlexx 0.5 % Exchange rate effect 1.1 % Net sales decreased primarily due to the following: Lower sales volumes driven primarily by Performance Coatings as a result of unfavorable macro trends in North America Partially offset by: Favorable impacts of currency translation primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, partially offset byunfavorable fluctuations of the Mexican Peso and Brazilian Real, in each case compared to the U.S. Dollar Contributions from the CoverFlexx acquisition 43
Page 44
Table of Contents Cost of sales Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Cost of sales $ 3,355 $ 3,478 $ (123) (3.5)% % of net sales 65.6 % 65.9 % Cost of sales decreased primarily due to the following: Lower sales volume in North America driven primarily by Performance Coatings Lower operating expenses, inclusive of lower incentive compensation and contributions from savings initiatives Decreased costs of $17 million related to our multi-year ERP system implementation and productivity programs Lower variable input costs Partially offset by: Unfavorable impacts of currency translation of 3.7% primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, partially offset byunfavorable fluctuations of the Mexican Peso and Brazilian Real, in each case compared to the U.S. Dollar Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales decreased primarily due to the following: Lower operating expenses, inclusive of lower incentive compensation and contributions from savings initiatives Decreased costs of $17 million related to our multi-year ERP system implementation and productivity programs Lower variable input costs Partially offset by: Less effective coverage of fixed costs as a result of lower sales volumes Selling, general and administrative expenses Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Selling, general and administrative expenses $ 805 $ 847 $ (42) (5.0)% Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased primarily due to the following: Lower operating expenses, inclusive of lower incentive compensation and contributions from savings initiatives Partially offset by: Unfavorable impacts of currency translation of 6.5% due primarily to the strengthening of the Euro compared to the U.S. Dollar Increased expenses related to the CoverFlexx acquisition and various other immaterial acquisitions Other operating charges Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Other operating charges $ 53 $ 79 $ (26) (32.9)% Other operating charges decreased primarily due to the following: Decrease of $44 million in termination benefits and other employee-related costs primarily as a result of higher costs associated withthe 2024 Transformation Initiative in the prior year period Gains of $6 million from the sale of assets in 2025 Partially offset by: Increase of $22 million in merger and acquisition-related costs Research and development expenses Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Research and development expenses $ 71 $ 74 $ (3.0) (4.1)% Research and development expenses decreased primarily due to the following: Lower operating expenses, inclusive of contributions from savings initiatives Impacts of currency translation were immaterial when compared to the prior year 44
Page 45
Table of Contents Amortization of acquired intangibles Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Amortization of acquired intangibles $ 98 $ 92 $ 6 6.5 % Amortization of acquired intangibles increased primarily due to the following: Increased amortization of $5 million associated with assets acquired in the past 18 months Impacts of currency translation were immaterial when compared to the prior year Interest expense, net Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Interest expense, net $ 176 $ 205 $ (29) (14.1)% Interest expense, net decreased primarily due to the following: Favorable impact of $24 million attributable to lower principal and decreased variable interest rate on our 2029 Dollar Term Loans Other expense, net Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Other expense, net $ 13 $ 5 $ 8 160.0 % Other expense, net increased primarily due to the following: Decreased miscellaneous income of $5 million compared to the prior year period Unfavorable impact of foreign exchange losses of $4 million compared to the prior year period Partially offset by: Decreased debt extinguishment and refinancing-related costs of $3 million compared to the prior year due to the repricing, prepaymentand amendment activity associated with our debt agreements explained in more detail in Note 18 to the consolidated financialstatements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information 45
Page 46
Table of Contents Provision for income taxes Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Income before income taxes $ 546 $ 496 Provision for income taxes 167 105 Statutory income tax rate 15.0 % 21.0 % Effective tax rate 30.5 % 21.1 % Effective tax rate vs. statutory income tax rate 15.5 % 0.1 % (Favorable) Unfavorable Impact Items impacting the effective tax rate vs. statutory income tax 2025 2024 Earnings generated in jurisdictions where the statutory rate is different from the statutory rate $ 17 $ (25) Changes in valuation allowance 23 14 Foreign exchange gains and losses 13 (14) Tax credits (11) (7) Non-deductible expenses and interest 12 7 Change in unrecognized tax benefits 23 13 State taxes — 6 Foreign taxes 20 8 Bermuda CITA — (27) Other - net (12) 26 (1) The Government of Bermuda enacted the Bermuda Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 (“Bermuda CITA”), which imposes a 15% corporate income tax effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2025. Prior to January 1, 2025, the Government of Bermuda did not impose a corporate income tax rate. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the statutory income tax rate reflects the Bermuda statutory income tax rate. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the statutory income tax rate reflects the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate. (2) For the year ended December 31, 2025, earnings generated in jurisdictions where the statutory rate is different from the Bermuda rate is primarily related to earnings in Brazil, China, Germany, Switzerland, and the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2024, earnings generated in jurisdictions where the statutory rate is different from the U.S. federal rate is primarily related to earnings in Bermuda, Germany, Luxembourg, and Switzerland. (3) For the year ended December 31, 2025, earnings generated in jurisdictions where the statutory rate is different from the statutory rate includes $16 million of foreign state and local income taxes generated in Switzerland, Germany, and the United States. (4) Changes in valuation allowance primarily relates to operations in Luxembourg, Netherlands, the United Kingdom and Bermuda, as discussed in item 7 below. (5) For the year ended December 31, 2025, changes in unrecognized tax benefits is net of associated changes in valuation allowance. (6) For the year ended December 31, 2025, the domestic state taxes represent Bermuda operations; Bermuda has no state corporate income tax. For the years ended December 31, 2024, the domestic state taxes represent U.S. operations. (7) For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded adjustments to recognize the impacts of Bermuda CITA, effective January 1, 2025, resulting in a net deferred tax benefit of $27 million. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $19 million, offsetting a portion of the deferred tax benefit recognized in 2024 as a result of Bermuda CITA (8) For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded tax expense of $26 million in the Netherlands related to the write off of an expired net operating loss carryforward, which was fully offset by tax benefit of $26 million for a decrease to the valuation allowance. (1) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (5) (6) (7) (8) 46
Page 47
Table of Contents SEGMENT RESULTS The Company’s products and operations are managed and reported in two operating segments: Performance Coatings and Mobility Coatings. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Performance Coatings Segment Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Net sales $ 3,277 $ 3,455 $ (178) (5.2)% Volume effect (5.8)% Price/Mix effect (1.7)% Impact of CoverFlexx 0.8 % Exchange rate effect 1.5 % Adjusted EBITDA $ 788 $ 838 $ (50) (6.0)% Adjusted EBITDA Margin 24.0 % 24.3 % Net sales decreased primarily due to the following: Lower sales volume across both end-markets due primarily to unfavorable macro trends in North America, including lower body shopactivity Unfavorable geographic and product mix, partially offset by positive price actions Partially offset by: Favorable impacts of currency translation due primarily to the strengthening of the Euro and Swiss Franc, partially offset byunfavorable fluctuations of the Mexican Peso, in each case, compared to the U.S. Dollar Contributions from the CoverFlexx acquisition Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased primarily due to the following: Lower sales volume across both end-markets due primarily to unfavorable macro trends in North America, including lower body shopactivity Unfavorable geographic and product mix, partially offset by positive price actions Partially offset by: Decreased operating expenses, inclusive of lower incentive compensation and contributions from savings initiatives Decreased variable input costs Decreased costs of $11 million related to our multi-year ERP system implementation and productivity programs compared to the prioryear 47
Page 48
Table of Contents Mobility Coatings Segment Year Ended December 31, 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Net sales $ 1,840 $ 1,821 $ 19 1.1 % Price/Mix effect 3.2 % Exchange rate effect 0.2 % Volume effect (2.3)% Adjusted EBITDA $ 340 $ 278 $ 62 22.4 % Adjusted EBITDA Margin 18.5 % 15.3 % Net sales increased primarily due to the following: Higher average selling prices and favorable product mix across both end-markets Favorable impacts of currency translation driven by the strengthening of the Euro, partially offset by unfavorable fluctuations of theMexican Peso and Brazilian Real, in each case compared to the U.S. Dollar Partially offset by: Lower sales volumes across both end-markets due primarily to unfavorable macro trends in North America Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin increased primarily due to the following: Higher average selling prices and favorable product mix across both end-markets Decreased operating expenses, inclusive of lower incentive compensation and contributions from savings initiatives Decreased variable input costs Decreased costs of $6 million related to our multi-year ERP system implementation and productivity programs compared to the prioryear Partially offset by: Lower sales volumes across both end-markets due primarily to unfavorable macro trends in North America LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, net cash provided by operating activities and available borrowing capacity under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. At December 31, 2025, availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $770 million, net of $30 million of letters of credit outstanding. All such availability may be utilized without violating any covenants under the Credit Agreement or the indentures governing the Senior Notes. Our remaining available borrowing capacity under other lines of credit in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions totaled $63 million at December 31, 2025. We have various supplier finance programs in place around the world. We partner with large banking institutions and utilize these programs to enhance our liquidity profile. Depending on the program, the liabilities under the program are classified either as accounts payable or current portion of borrowings on our consolidated balance sheets. Our supplier financing programs are more fully described in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 48
Page 49
Table of Contents During February 2024, we announced the 2024 Transformation Initiative intended to simplify the Company’s organizational structure and enable us to be more proactive, responsive, and agile and to better serve our customers and to lower our cost base and improve financial performance and generate greater cash flows. Total cash expenditures related to the 2024 Transformation Initiative are expected to be approximately $105-115 million. We estimate that, once fully executed, the 2024 Transformation Initiative will yield net savings, inclusive of non-labor savings and costs for backfilling certain roles, of approximately $90 million on an annualized basis. We have realized approximately $20 million and $50 million of the run-rate savings from the 2024 Transformation Initiative in 2024 and 2025, respectively and we expect approximately $20 million to be realized in 2026. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere inthis Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Cash Flows Years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 Years Ended December 31, (In millions) 2025 2024 Net cash provided by (used for): Operating activities: Net income $ 379 $ 391 Depreciation and amortization 295 280 Amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount 8 7 Debt extinguishment and refinancing-related costs 2 5 Deferred income taxes 45 (17) Realized and unrealized foreign exchange losses, net 31 11 Stock-based compensation 25 28 Impairment charges 1 — Interest income on swaps designated as net investment hedges (13) (15) Other non-cash, net 3 9 Net income adjusted for non-cash items 776 699 Changes in operating assets and liabilities (127) (123) Operating activities 649 576 Investing activities (212) (440) Financing activities (401) (201) Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 28 (42) Net increase (decrease) in cash $ 64 $ (107) Year Ended December 31, 2025 Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $649 million. Net income before deducting depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items generated cash of $776 million. This was partially offset by net uses of working capital of $127 million, for which the most significant drivers were increases in prepaid expenses and other assets of $129 million and decreases in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities of $77 million and $64 million, respectively. These outflows were driven primarily by timing of payments of Business Incentive Plan assets (“BIPs”) and payments to vendors. These outflows were partially offset by decreases in accounts and notes receivable and inventories of $97 million and $33 million, respectively, driven primarily by the timing of collections and decreased production. Net Cash Used for Investing Activities Net cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $212 million. The primary uses were $196 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment and $48 million for the acquisitions discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, net of cash acquired, partially offset by proceeds of $21 million from the sale of assets and $13 million from settlements and interest proceeds from swaps designated as net investment hedges, which are discussed further in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 49
Page 50
Table of Contents Net Cash Used for Financing Activities Net cash used for financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $401 million. The primary uses were prepayments of $210 million of the outstanding principal amounts of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, purchases of our common stock of $165 million and contractual debt repayments of $20 million. Other Impacts on Cash Currency exchange impacts on cash for the year ended December 31, 2025 were favorable by $28 million, which was driven primarily by the fluctuations of the Euro, Chinese Renminbi and Mexican Peso, in each case compared to the U.S. Dollar. Year Ended December 31, 2024 Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $576 million. Net income before deducting depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items generated cash of $699 million. This was partially offset by net uses of working capital of $123 million, for which the most significant drivers were increases in prepaid expenses and other assets of $130 million, and decreases in accounts payable of $49 million. These outflows were driven primarily by the timing of payments of BIPs, timing of purchasing and payments to vendors. These outflows were partially offset by increases in other accrued liabilities of $36 million largely driven by accruals related to the 2024 Transformation Initiative and customer rebates. Net Cash Used for Investing Activities Net cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $440 million. The primary uses were $301 million for acquisitions net of cash acquired, $140 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment and $22 million for the disbursements to customers for loans which primarily have a repayment period of five years, partially offset by proceeds of $15 million from settlements and interest proceeds from swaps designated as net investment hedges, which are discussed further in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Net Cash Used for Financing Activities Net cash used for financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $201 million. The primary uses were prepayments of $75 million for the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, purchases of our common stock of $100 million, contractual debt repayments of $17 million, payments of $6 million for fees associated with repricing our 2029 Dollar Term Loans in March 2024 and November 2024 and increasing borrowing capacity and extending the maturity date of our Revolving Credit Facility in June 2024 and payments totaling $6 million for deferred acquisition-related consideration. The two repricings of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans completed in 2024 resulted in an aggregate $148 million of constructive financing cash inflows and corresponding constructive financing cash outflows. The primary financing inflow was from borrowing $185 million against our Revolving Credit Facility, which had been repaid as of December 31, 2024. Other Impacts on Cash Currency exchange impacts on cash for the year ended December 31, 2024 were unfavorable by $42 million, which was driven primarily by the fluctuations of the Euro, Mexican Peso and Brazilian Real, in each case compared to the U.S. Dollar. Financial Condition We had cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2025 and 2024 of $657 million and $593 million, respectively. Of these balances, $555 million and $497 million were maintained in non-U.S. jurisdictions as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We believe at this time our organizational structure allows us the necessary flexibility to move funds throughout our subsidiaries to meet our operational and working capital needs. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including planned capital expenditures. In such circumstances, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, selling additional equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash flow from operations and available borrowing capacity under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Based on our forecasts, we believe that cash flow from operations, available cash on hand and available borrowing capacity under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and other existing lines of credit will be adequate to service debt, fund our cost saving initiatives, meet liquidity needs and fund necessary capital expenditures for the next twelve months. 50
Page 51
Table of Contents Our ability to make scheduled or pre-payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness or to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other current obligations will depend on our ability to generate cash from operations and is subject to restrictions in the Merger Agreement. Such cash generation is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If required, our ability to raise additional financing and our borrowing costs may be impacted by short and long-term debt ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, which are based, in significant part, on our performance as measured by certain credit metrics such as interest coverage and leverage ratios. Our highly leveraged nature may limit our ability to procure additional financing in the future and elevated interest rate environments may increase our interest expense and weaken our financial condition. Our indebtedness, including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Senior Notes and short-term borrowings, is more fully described in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe that we continue to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet our cash requirements, including our debt service obligations as well as our working capital needs. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $770 million and $778 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, all of which may be borrowed by us without violating any covenants under the Credit Agreement or the indentures governing the Senior Notes. During October 2025, we entered into the Seventeenth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to permit the use of borrowings under the Credit Agreement to fund repurchases of our common shares. The Merger Agreement prohibits us from repurchasing shares, whether under the repurchase program or otherwise, without the prior written consent of AkzoNobel. The following table details our borrowings outstanding, average effective interest rates and the associated interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Interest expense is inclusive of the amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discounts, and the impact of derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively: Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 (In millions) Principal Average EffectiveInterest Rate InterestExpense Principal Average EffectiveInterest Rate InterestExpense Term Loans $ 1,475 6.3% $ 91 $ 1,702 7.6% $ 118 Revolving Credit Facility — N/A 3 — 7.3% 5 Senior Notes 1,700 5.1% 85 1,700 5.1% 82 Short-term and other borrowings 50 Various 4 54 Various 4 Capitalized interest N/A N/A (7) N/A N/A (4) Total $ 3,225 $ 176 $ 3,456 $ 205 (1) The computation for Average Effective Interest Rate excludes undrawn revolver fees. After giving effect to our cross-currency and interest rate hedges, our borrowings denominated in U.S. Dollars as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $2,184 million and $2,440 million, respectively, with weighted average interest rates of 5.2% and 5.5%, respectively. After giving effect to our cross-currency and interest rate hedges, borrowings denominated in Euros as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $1,041 million and $1,016 million with weighted average interest rates of 4.0% and 4.2%, respectively. Contractual Obligations See Note 6 and Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure of our material contractual obligations. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure of our guarantees of certain customers’ obligations to third parties. Recent Accounting Guidance See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a summary of recent accounting guidance. (1) 51
Page 52
Table of Contents CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES Our discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition are based upon our consolidated financial statements. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP unless otherwise noted. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experiences and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and re-evaluate them on an ongoing basis. Actual results could differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Our significant accounting policies, which may be affected by our estimates and assumptions, are more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its most significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements. Accounting for Business Combinations Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, technology migration rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. The fair values of intangible assets are estimated using an income approach, either the excess earnings method (customer relationships) or the relief from royalty method (technology and trademarks). Under the excess earnings method, an intangible asset’s fair value is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the intangible asset over its remaining useful life. With respect to customer relationships, fair values are calculated using the excess earnings method and customer attrition is a key input used to determine the applicable after-tax cash flows. Under the relief from royalty method, fair value is measured by estimating future revenue associated with the intangible asset over its useful life and applying a royalty rate to the revenue estimate. These intangible assets enable us to secure markets for our products, develop new products to meet evolving business needs and competitively produce our existing products. The fair values of real properties acquired are based on the consideration of their highest and best use in the market. The fair values of property, plant and equipment, other than real properties, are based on the consideration that unless otherwise identified, they will continue to be used “as is” and as part of the ongoing business. In contemplation of the in-use premise and the nature of the assets, the fair value is developed primarily using a cost approach. The fair value of noncontrolling interests, when applicable, are estimated by applying an income approach and is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market. Key assumptions in the valuation of a noncontrolling interest include a discount rate, a terminal value based on a range of long-term sustainable growth rates and adjustments because of the lack of control that market participants would consider when measuring the fair value of the noncontrolling interests. The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities is estimated by using a probability-weighted expected payment method that considers the timing of expected future cash flows and the probability of whether key elements of the contingent event are completed. The fair value measurements are based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market. Key assumptions in the valuation of contingent consideration liabilities include discount rates, expected terms, volatility rates and operating results as applicable based on the targets identified in the respective acquisition agreements. See Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Asset Impairments Factors that could result in future impairment charges or changes in useful lives, among others, include changes in worldwide economic conditions, changes in technology, changes in competitive conditions and customer preferences, and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. These risk factors are discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10- K. 52
Page 53
Table of Contents Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets The Company tests indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill for impairment annually by either performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The qualitative evaluation is an assessment of factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair values of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. Fair values used under the quantitative impairment assessment are estimated using a combination of discounted projected future earnings or cash flow methods that are based on projections of the amounts and timing of future revenue and cash flows, and multiples of earnings in estimating fair value. In conjunction with our impairment assessments of indefinite-lived intangible assets, we also review the reasonableness of the indefinite useful lives associated with these assets, in which we evaluate whether indicators exist that future cash flows associated with these assets could be realized over a finite period. In 2025, as a result of the time lapsed since our last quantitative evaluation in 2022, we bypassed the qualitative evaluation and tested for impairment of the goodwill of our reporting units and our indefinite-lived intangible assets by performing a quantitative evaluation. The quantitative analysis concluded that all reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets had fair values substantially in excess of their carrying values. The inputs utilized in a quantitative analysis are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is subjective because it requires the use of estimates and assumptions as to our future cash flows, discount rates commensurate with the risks involved in the assets, future economic and market conditions, as well as other key assumptions. We believe that the amounts recorded in the financial statements related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on the best estimates and judgments of the appropriate Axalta management, although actual outcomes could differ from our estimates. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Long-Lived Assets Long-lived assets, which includes property, plant and equipment, and definite-lived intangible assets, such as technology, trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements, are continually assessed for impairment at the asset group level whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. Such impairment assessments involve comparing the carrying amount of the asset group, as defined within ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, as the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets, to the forecasted undiscounted future cash flows generated by that asset group (i.e., a recoverability test). In the event the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows generated by that asset group and the carrying amount is not considered recoverable, an impairment exists. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset group’s carrying amount over its fair value. Stock-Based Compensation Compensation expense related to restricted stock units is equal to the grant-date fair value of the awards determined by the closing share price on the date of the grant. The related expense is recognized as compensation expense over the service period utilizing the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense related to performance share units, which are determined to have a market condition, is determined at the grant- date of the awards using a valuation methodology (Monte Carlo simulation model) to account for the market conditions linked to these awards and is recognized over the service period utilizing the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense related to performance share units, which are determined to have a performance condition, is determined by the closing share price on the date of the grant and is recognized over the service period utilizing the graded vesting attribution method. The expense is adjusted for shares expected to vest based on performance conditions at each reporting date. We recognize compensation expense net of forfeitures, which we have elected to record at the time of occurrence. Awards that are modified are evaluated for the type of modification and, if necessary, the fair value is adjusted and expense is recorded over any remaining service period. See Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail on stock-based compensation. 53
Page 54
Table of Contents Retirement Benefits The amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements related to pension benefits are determined from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are assumptions including expected return on plan assets, discount rates at which liabilities could have been settled, rate of increase in future compensations levels, and mortality rates. These assumptions are updated annually and are disclosed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, actual results that differed from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and therefore affect expense recognized in future periods. The estimated impact of either a 100 basis point increase or decrease of the discount rate or the expected return on assets assumption to the net periodic benefit cost for 2026 would be immaterial. Derivative Instruments As dictated by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, the fair market value recognized in the consolidated financial statements related to derivative instruments is determined by using valuation models whose inputs are derived using market observable inputs, including interest rate yield curves, as well as foreign exchange and commodity spot and forward rates, and reflects the asset or liability position as of the end of each reporting period. See Notes 1 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail on derivative instruments. Income taxes The provision for income taxes was determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the period. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax basis of our assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable in the years in which they are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax law is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate the recoverability of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis by assessing the adequacy of future expected taxable income from all sources, including the reversal of taxable temporary differences, forecasted core business earnings and available tax planning strategies. Our recorded deferred tax liability balance as of December 31, 2025 is $52 million, which is net of valuation allowances of $337 million. The Company records a valuation allowance if, based upon the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In instances where we are in a three-year cumulative loss, we assess all positive and negative factors, including any potential aberrational items that may be included within our taxable results. The aberrational items that have impacted our results include merger and acquisition, debt extinguishment, refinancing and certain global restructuring costs. We believe, and have assumed, these types of losses are not indicative of our core earnings for purposes of assessing the appropriateness of a valuation allowance. Assumptions around sources of taxable income inherently rely heavily on estimates. We use our historical experience and our short and long-range business forecasts to provide insight. While the Company believes that its judgments and estimations regarding deferred tax assets are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience may require the Company to adjust its valuation allowance and could materially affect the Company’s future financial results. We provide for income and foreign withholding taxes, where applicable, on unremitted earnings of all subsidiaries and related companies to the extent that such earnings are not deemed to be permanently invested and cannot be repatriated in a tax-free manner. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, deferred income taxes of approximately $16 million and $14 million, respectively, have been provided on such subsidiary earnings. At December 31, 2025, and 2024, we have not recorded a deferred tax liability related to withholding taxes of approximately $147 million and $95 million, respectively, on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries that are permanently invested. The breadth of our operations and the global complexity of tax regulations require assessments of uncertainties and judgments in estimating taxes we will ultimately pay. The final taxes paid are dependent upon many factors, including negotiations with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, outcomes of tax litigation and resolution of disputes arising from federal, state and international tax audits in the normal course of business. Interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits are included in the provision for income taxes. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, for both domestic and foreign operations of $99 million and $107 million, respectively. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail on our accounting for income taxes. 54
Page 55
Table of Contents Sales deductions In our refinish end-market, our product sales are typically supplied through a network of distributors. Control transfers and revenue is recognized when our products are delivered to our distribution customers. Variable consideration in the form of price, less discounts and rebates, is estimated and recorded, as a reduction to net sales, upon the sale of our products based on our ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amounts expected to be received. The estimates of variable consideration involve significant assumptions based on the best estimates of inventory held by distributors, applicable pricing, as well as the use of historical actuals for sales, discounts and rebates, which may result in changes to estimates in the future. The timing of payments associated with the above arrangements may differ from the timing associated with the satisfaction of our performance obligations. The period between the satisfaction of the performance obligation and the receipt of payment is dependent on terms and conditions specific to the customers. For transactions in which we expect, at contract inception, the period between the transfer of our products or services to our customer and when the customer pays for that good or service to be greater than one year, we adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of any significant financing components that materially changes the amount of revenue under the contract. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail on our revenue. Contingencies Contingencies, by their nature, relate to uncertainties that require management to exercise judgment both in assessing the likelihood that a liability has been incurred as well as in estimating the amount of potential loss. The most important contingencies impacting our financial statements at this time are those related to the operational matter, as described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Operational Matter”), environmental remediation, pending or threatened litigation against the Company and the resolution of matters related to open tax years as discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Insurance recoveries are recorded when probable to the extent they cover incurred or probable liabilities, while recoveries in excess of incurred or probable liabilities are recorded when collection is realizable. Costs related to the Operational Matter are accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of probable liabilities for the Operational Matter require assumptions pertaining to costs incurred by our customers to repair the impacted products. Assumptions include the ultimate number of impacted products that are repaired, re-use of damaged materials, labor rates and efficiency of individuals performing the repairs. A 10% decrease in the total number of products repaired would result in an approximately $2 million reduction in the estimated liability. Environmental remediation costs are accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of environmental reserves require evaluating the nature and extent of contamination, the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies, available technology, site-specific information, remediation alternatives and, at multi-party sites, other PRPs and the number and financial viability of the other PRPs. We accrue an amount equal to our best estimate of the costs to remediate based upon the available information. The extent of environmental impacts may not be fully known, and the processes and costs of remediation may change as new information is obtained or technology for remediation improves. Adjustments to our estimates are made periodically as additional information is received and as remediation progresses. We do not believe that the amounts historically accrued for environmental remediation costs are material to our financial statements. We are subject to legal proceedings, claims and potential claims arising out of our business operations. We routinely assess the likelihood of any adverse outcomes in these matters, as well as ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of the reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each known matter. We have an active risk management program consisting of numerous insurance policies secured from many carriers. These policies often provide coverage that is intended to minimize the financial impact, if any, of the legal proceedings. The required reserves may change in the future due to new developments in each matter. For more information on these matters, see Note 5 and Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 55
Page 56
Table of Contents ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK We are exposed to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates because we finance certain operations through fixed and variable rate debt instruments and denominate our transactions in a variety of foreign currencies. We are also exposed to changes in the prices of certain commodities that we use in production. Changes in these rates and commodity prices may have an impact on future cash flows and earnings. We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. By using derivative instruments, we are subject to credit and market risk. The fair market value of the derivative instruments is determined by using valuation models whose inputs are derived using market observable inputs, including interest rate yield curves, as well as foreign exchange and commodity spot and forward rates, and reflects the asset or liability position as of the end of each reporting period. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes us, thus creating a receivable risk for us. We are exposed to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to our derivative agreements. We minimize counterparty credit (or repayment) risk by entering into transactions with major financial institutions of investment grade credit rating. Our exposure to market risk is not hedged in a manner that completely eliminates the effects of changing market conditions on earnings or cash flow. Interest rate risk We are subject to interest rate market risk in connection with our borrowings. A one-eighth percent change in the applicable interest rate for borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (assuming the Revolving Credit Facility is undrawn) would have an annual impact of approximately $1 million on cash interest expense considering the impact of our hedging positions currently in place. For further detail on our use of derivative instruments, see Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Foreign exchange rates risk We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk by virtue of the translation of our international operations from local currencies into the U.S. Dollar. The majority of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were from operations outside the United States. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the accumulated other comprehensive loss account in the consolidated balance sheets included a cumulative translation loss of $312 million and $517 million, respectively. A hypothetical 10% increase in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to all foreign currencies would have increased the cumulative translation loss in the current year by $355 million. This sensitivity analysis is inherently limited as it assumes that rates of multiple foreign currencies are moving in the same direction relative to the value of the U.S. Dollar. Uncertainty in global market conditions has resulted in, and may continue to cause, significant volatility in foreign currency exchange rates which could increase these risks. In the majority of our jurisdictions, we earn revenue and incur costs in the local currency of such jurisdiction. We earn significant revenues and incur significant costs in foreign currencies including the Euro, Swiss Franc, Mexican Peso, Brazilian Real, Chinese Yuan, Turkish Lira, Argentinian Peso and the British Pound. As a result, movements in exchange rates could cause our revenues and expenses to materially fluctuate, impacting our future profitability and cash flows. Our purchases of raw materials in Latin America, EMEA and Asia Pacific and future business operations and opportunities, including the continued expansion of our business outside North America, may further increase the risk that cash flows resulting from these activities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. If and when appropriate, we intend to manage these risks through foreign currency hedges and/or by utilizing local currency funding of these expansions. We do not intend to hold financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. In certain instances, intercompany loans are used to fund our operations and they are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the affected subsidiaries. Where intercompany loans are not a component of permanently invested capital of the affected subsidiaries, increases or decreases in the value of the subsidiaries’ functional currency against other currencies will affect our results of operations. 56
Page 57
Table of Contents Commodity price risk While our raw material pricing fluctuates based on underlying feedstocks movements, we are also subject to supply and demand dynamics, or other macro-level factors, and also to changes in our cost of sales caused by movements in underlying commodity prices, such as oil and natural gas, among others, for energy spend and certain purchased raw materials, including monomers, resins and solvents. We try to manage these risks by ensuring we have strategic contracts in place on critical materials along with a balance of pricing mechanisms across categories, competitive sourcing options including low cost country sources, and utilizing our supplier relationship management program. While we attempt to limit the impact of fluctuations in the prices of raw materials by implementing raw material price adjustment mechanisms based on index pricing, such mechanisms may be ineffective and often lag market price changes. Inaddition, we attempt to mitigate raw material inflation by passing along price increases to our customers. Treasury policy Our treasury policy seeks to ensure that adequate financial resources are available for the development of our businesses while managing our currency and interest rate risks. Our policies with respect to the major areas of our treasury activity are set forth above. 57
Page 58
Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Index Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 238) 59 Consolidated Statements of Operations 61 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 62 Consolidated Balance Sheets 63 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 64 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 65 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 66 58
Page 59
Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of changes in shareholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, including the related notes and schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025 appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Basis for Opinions The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's report on internal control over financial reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 59
Page 60
Table of Contents Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Recognition and Measurement of Unrecognized Tax Benefits As described in Notes 1 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, management has recorded unrecognized tax benefits of $99 million as of December 31, 2025. As disclosed by management, the breadth of operations and the global complexity of tax regulations require assessments of uncertainties and judgments in estimating taxes. The final taxes paid are dependent upon many factors, including negotiations with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, outcomes of tax litigation and resolution of disputes arising from federal, state and international tax audits in the normal course of business. The Company recognizes the benefit of an income tax position only when management determines it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. The tax benefits recognized are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the recognition and measurement of unrecognized tax benefits is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when applying the more-likely-than-not recognition criteria to the Company’s tax positions; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence obtained related to the recognition and measurement of unrecognized tax benefits; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including controls over recognition and measurement of the liability. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the recognition and measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, and (ii) evaluating, on a test basis, the reasonableness of management’s assessments of the possible outcomes of uncertain tax positions based on the application of relevant tax laws, and the amount of the potential benefit to be realized. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating management’s assessments of the possible outcomes of uncertain tax positions based on the application of relevant tax laws, and the amount of potential benefit to be realized. /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania February 13, 2026 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011. 60
Page 61
Table of Contents AXALTA COATING SYSTEMS LTD. Consolidated Statements of Operations (In millions, except per share data) Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Net sales $ 5,117 $ 5,276 $ 5,184 Cost of goods sold 3,355 3,478 3,566 Selling, general and administrative expenses 805 847 840 Other operating charges 53 79 28 Research and development expenses 71 74 74 Amortization of acquired intangibles 98 92 88 Income from operations 735 706 588 Interest expense, net 176 205 213 Other expense, net 13 5 20 Income before income taxes 546 496 355 Provision for income taxes 167 105 86 Net income 379 391 269 Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 1 — 2 Net income attributable to common shareholders $ 378 $ 391 $ 267 Basic net income per share $ 1.75 $ 1.78 $ 1.21 Diluted net income per share $ 1.74 $ 1.78 $ 1.21 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 61
Page 62
Table of Contents AXALTA COATING SYSTEMS LTD. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (In millions) Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Net income $ 379 $ 391 $ 269 Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax: Foreign currency translation adjustments 208 (142) 57 Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives 1 (1) (2) Unrealized (loss) gain on pension and other benefit plan obligations (9) 8 (49) Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax 200 (135) 6 Income tax (benefit) expense related to items of other comprehensive income (2) 4 (15) Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 202 (139) 21 Comprehensive income 581 252 290 Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests 4 (1) — Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests $ 577 $ 253 $ 290 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 62
Page 63
Table of Contents AXALTA COATING SYSTEMS LTD. Consolidated Balance Sheets (In millions, except per share data) December 31, 2025 2024 Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 657 $ 593 Restricted cash 3 3 Accounts and notes receivable, net 1,229 1,248 Inventories 756 734 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 170 145 Total current assets 2,815 2,723 Property, plant and equipment, net 1,299 1,181 Goodwill 1,795 1,640 Identifiable intangibles, net 1,147 1,149 Other assets 543 556 Total assets $ 7,599 $ 7,249 Liabilities, Shareholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable $ 637 $ 659 Current portion of borrowings 20 20 Other accrued liabilities 712 675 Total current liabilities 1,369 1,354 Long-term borrowings 3,179 3,401 Accrued pensions 238 220 Deferred income taxes 171 151 Other liabilities 249 167 Total liabilities 5,206 5,293 Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 5) Shareholders’ equity Common shares, $1.00 par, 1,000.0 shares authorized, 255.1 and 254.5 shares issued atDecember 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively 255 255 Capital in excess of par 1,621 1,599 Retained earnings 2,055 1,677 Treasury shares, at cost, 41.7 and 36.4 shares at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively (1,202) (1,037) Accumulated other comprehensive loss (383) (582) Total Axalta shareholders’ equity 2,346 1,912 Noncontrolling interests 47 44 Total shareholders’ equity 2,393 1,956 Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,599 $ 7,249 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 63
Page 64
Table of Contents AXALTA COATING SYSTEMS LTD. Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (In millions) Common Stock Number ofShares Par/StatedValue Capital In Excess OfPar RetainedEarnings Treasury Shares, atcost AccumulatedOther ComprehensiveLoss Non- controllingInterests Total Balance December 31, 2022 220.6 $ 252 $ 1,537 $ 1,019 $ (887) $ (467) $ 46 $ 1,500 Comprehensive income (loss): Net income — — — 267 — — 2 269 Net realized and unrealized gain on derivatives,net of tax of $0 million — — — — — (3) — (3) Long-term employee benefit plans, net of taxbenefit of $15 million — — — — — (34) — (34) Foreign currency translation, net of tax of$0 million — — — — — 60 (2) 58 Total comprehensive income — — — 267 — 23 — 290 Recognition of stock-based compensation — — 25 — — — — 25 Net shares issued under compensation plans 1.3 2 6 — — — — 8 Common stock purchases (1.8) — — — (50) — — (50) Balance December 31, 2023 220.1 $ 254 $ 1,568 1,286 $ (937) $ (444) $ 46 $ 1,773 Comprehensive income (loss): Net income — — — 391 — — — 391 Net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives,net of tax of $0 million — — — — — (1) — (1) Long-term employee benefit plans, net of taxof $2 million — — — — — 6 — 6 Foreign currency translation, net of tax of$2 million — — — — — (143) (1) (144) Total comprehensive income (loss) — — — 391 — (138) (1) 252 Recognition of stock-based compensation — — 28 — — — — 28 Net shares issued under compensation plans 0.8 1 3 — — — — 4 Common stock purchases (2.8) — — — (100) — — (100) Dividends declared to noncontrolling interests — — — — — — (1) (1) Balance December 31, 2024 218.1 $ 255 $ 1,599 $ 1,677 $ (1,037) $ (582) $ 44 $ 1,956 Comprehensive income (loss): Net income — — — 378 — — 1 379 Net realized and unrealized loss on derivatives,net of tax of $0 million — — — — — 1 — 1 Long-term employee benefit plans, net of taxbenefit of $2 million — — — — — (7) — (7) Foreign currency translation, net of tax of$0 million — — — — — 205 3 208 Total comprehensive income — — — 378 — 199 4 581 Recognition of stock-based compensation — — 25 — — — — 25 Net shares issued under compensation plans 0.6 — (3) — — — — (3) Common stock purchases (5.3) — — — (165) — — (165) Dividends declared to noncontrolling interests — — — — — — (1) (1) Balance December 31, 2025 213.4 $ 255 $ 1,621 $ 2,055 $ (1,202) $ (383) $ 47 $ 2,393 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 64
Page 65
Table of Contents AXALTA COATING SYSTEMS LTD. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In millions) Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Operating activities: Net income $ 379 $ 391 $ 269 Adjustment to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 295 280 276 Amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount 8 7 9 Debt extinguishment and refinancing-related costs 2 5 10 Deferred income taxes 45 (17) (8) Realized and unrealized foreign exchange losses, net 31 11 21 Stock-based compensation 25 28 26 Impairment charges 1 — 15 Interest income on swaps designated as net investment hedges (13) (15) (10) Other non-cash, net 3 9 22 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Trade accounts and notes receivable 97 (7) (119) Inventories 33 12 103 Prepaid expenses and other assets (129) (130) (71) Accounts payable (77) (49) 9 Other accrued liabilities (64) 36 29 Other liabilities 13 15 (6) Cash provided by operating activities 649 576 575 Investing activities: Acquisitions, net of cash acquired $ (48) $ (301) $ (106) Purchase of property, plant and equipment (196) (140) (138) Interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges 13 15 10 Settlement proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges — — 29 Payments for loans to customers (10) (22) (3) Other investing activities, net 29 8 2 Cash used for investing activities (212) (440) (206) Financing activities: Proceeds from short-term borrowings — — 9 Proceeds from long-term borrowings — 333 697 Payments on short-term borrowings — (5) (50) Payments on long-term borrowings (230) (420) (904) Financing-related costs (1) (6) (17) Net cash flows associated with stock-based awards (3) 4 8 Purchases of common stock (165) (100) (50) Deferred acquisition-related consideration (1) (6) (8) Other financing activities, net (1) (1) — Cash used for financing activities (401) $ (201) (315) Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 36 (65) 54 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 28 (42) (6) Cash at beginning of period 596 703 655 Cash at end of period $ 660 $ 596 $ 703 Cash at end of period reconciliation: Cash and cash equivalents $ 657 $ 593 $ 700 Restricted cash 3 3 3 Cash at end of period $ 660 $ 596 $ 703 Supplemental cash flow information: Cash paid during the year for: Interest, net of amounts capitalized $ 172 $ 198 $ 213 Income taxes, net of refunds 107 131 97 Non-cash investing activities: Accrued capital expenditures $ 26 $ 18 $ 13 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 65
Page 66
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Index Note Page (1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 67 (2) REVENUE 72 (3) GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS 73 (4) RESTRUCTURING 74 (5) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 75 (6) LEASES 76 (7) LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 78 (8) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 83 (9) OTHER EXPENSE, NET 85 (10) INCOME TAXES 85 (11) NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 91 (12) ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE, NET 91 (13) INVENTORIES 91 (14) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET 92 (15) OTHER ASSETS 92 (16) ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES 92 (17) SUPPLIER FINANCE PROGRAMS 93 (18) BORROWINGS 94 (19) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, HEDGING ACTIVITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 98 (20) SEGMENTS 101 (21) ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 104 66
Page 67
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (“Axalta,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us”), at December 31, 2025 and 2024 and the related consolidated statements of operations, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 included herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and are audited. Proposed Merger with Akzo Nobel N.V. During November 2025, we entered into a Merger Agreement with Akzo Nobel N.V., a public company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (“AkzoNobel”) providing for the combination of the Company and AkzoNobel in an all-stock merger. The combined company will be dual-headquartered in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The obligations of the Company and AkzoNobel to consummate the Merger are conditioned on the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, including regulatory and shareholder approval for both companies. The Company expects the transaction to close in late 2026 to early 2027. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, each outstanding and issued ordinary share of the Company, par value $1.00 per share (other than any shares owned by the Company as treasury shares and any shares owned byAkzoNobel or any other direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AkzoNobel), will be automatically converted into the right to receive 0.6539 (the “Exchange Ratio”) AkzoNobel ordinary shares, par value of €0.50 per share. In the event of a termination of the Merger Agreement by the Company, the Company may be required to pay AkzoNobel a termination fee equal to €150 million. In the event of a termination of the Merger Agreement by AkzoNobel, AkzoNobel may be required to pay the Company a termination fee equal to €150 million. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Axalta and its subsidiaries, and entities in which a controlling interest is maintained. For those consolidated subsidiaries in which the Company’s ownership is less than 100%, the outside shareholders’ interests are shown as noncontrolling interests. Investments in companies in which Axalta does not maintain control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. As a result, Axalta’s share of the earnings or losses of such equity affiliates is included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations within Net income attributable to common shareholders, and our share of these companies’ stockholders’ equity is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within other assets. Certain of our joint ventures are accounted for on a one-month lag basis, the effect of which is not material. We eliminated all intercompany accounts and transactions in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the period. The estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, receivable and inventory valuations, derivative instruments, fixed asset valuations, valuations of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, including analysis of impairment, valuations of long-term employee benefit obligations, income taxes, environmental matters, contingencies, litigation, stock-based compensation, restructuring and allocations of costs. Our estimates are based on historical experience, facts and circumstances available at the time and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Accounting for Business Combinations We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. This method requires the recording of acquired assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities at their acquisition date fair values. The method records any excess purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets as goodwill. Included in the determination of the purchase price is the fair value of contingent consideration, if applicable, based on the terms and applicable targets described within the acquisition agreements (i.e., projected revenues or EBITDA). Subsequent to the acquisition date, the fair value of the contingent liability, if determined to be payable in cash, is revalued at each balance sheet date with adjustments recorded within earnings. 67
Page 68
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) The determination of the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests involves assessments of factors such as the expected future cash flows associated with individual assets and liabilities and appropriate discount rates at the closing date of the acquisition. When necessary, we consult with external advisors to help determine fair value. For non-observable market values determined using Level 3 assumptions, we determine fair value using acceptable valuation principles, including most commonly the excess earnings method for customer relationships, relief from royalty method for technology and trademarks, cost method for inventory and a combination of cost and market methods for property, plant and equipment, as applicable. We include the results of operations from the acquisition date in the financial statements for all businesses acquired. Revenue Recognition See Note 2 for disclosure of our revenue recognition accounting policy. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash Cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments considered readily convertible to known amounts of cash within three months or less from time of purchase. They are carried at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. Cash balances may exceed government insured limits in certain jurisdictions. Restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets represents cash used to secure certain customer guarantees. Fair Value Measurements GAAP defines a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following valuation techniques are used to measure fair value for assets and liabilities: Level 1—Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2—Significant other observable inputs (i.e., quoted prices for similar items in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar items in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable such as interest rate and yield curves, and market- corroborated inputs); and Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are valued based on management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Derivatives and Hedging The Company from time to time utilizes derivatives to manage exposures to currency exchange rates and interest rate risk. The fair values of all derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities at the balance sheet date. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are reported in income or accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCI”), depending on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and is designated as such. Gains and losses on derivatives that qualify and are designated as cash flow or net investment hedges are recorded in AOCI, to the extent the hedges are effective, until the underlying transactions are recognized in income. Gains and losses on derivatives qualifying and designated as fair value hedging instruments, as well as the offsetting losses and gains on the hedged items, are reported in income in the same accounting period. Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are marked-to- market at the end of each accounting period with the results included in income. Cash flows from derivatives are presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows in a manner consistent with the underlying transactions. Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivables are carried at amounts that approximate fair value. Receivables are recognized net of an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the current estimate of credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the financial asset, based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable forecasts of future economic conditions. Accounts receivable are written down or off when a portion or all of such account receivable is determined to be uncollectible. 68
Page 69
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost being determined on the weighted average cost method. Elements of cost in inventories include: • raw materials, • direct labor, and • manufacturing and indirect overhead. Stores and supplies are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value; with cost generally determined by the weighted average cost method. Inventories deemed to have costs greater than their respective market values are reduced to net realizable value with a loss recorded in income in the period recognized. Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment purchases are recorded at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful life using the straight-line method starting on the date they are placed in service. See Note 14 for a range of estimated useful lives used for each property, plant and equipment class. Software included in property, plant and equipment represents the costs of software developed or obtained for internal use. Software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if they result in added functionality, which enables the software to perform tasks it was previously incapable of performing. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Leases See Note 6 for disclosure of our accounting policy for leases. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the underlying net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 ; however, these tests are performed more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. When testing goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, we first have an option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not (more than 50%) that an impairment exists. Such qualitative factors may include the evaluation of the following: macroeconomic conditions; industry and market considerations; cost factors; overall financial performance; and other relevant asset-specific events. If based on this qualitative assessment we determine that an impairment is more likely than not, or if we elect not to perform a qualitative assessment, we would be required to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under the quantitative impairment test, the evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit, with respect to goodwill, and indefinite-lived intangible asset to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss not to exceed the amount of recorded goodwill or carrying value of the respective indefinite-lived intangible asset. In 2025, as a result of the time lapsed since our last quantitative evaluation in 2022, we bypassed the qualitative evaluation and tested for impairment of the goodwill of our reporting units and our indefinite-lived intangible assets by performing a quantitative evaluation. The quantitative analysis concluded that all reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets had fair values substantially in excess of their carrying values. Definite-lived intangible assets, such as technology, trademarks, customer relationships, and non-compete agreements, are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 3 to 25 years. We evaluate these assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets might not be recoverable. The reasonableness of the useful lives of definite and indefinite-lived assets are regularly evaluated. st 69
Page 70
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets The carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used is evaluated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Evaluation for impairment is done at the asset group level. The carrying value of long-lived asset groupings is considered impaired when the total projected undiscounted cash flows from the asset group is less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset group. The fair value methodology used is an estimate of fair market value and is based on prices of similar asset groupings or other valuation methodologies, including present value techniques. Long-lived asset groupings to be disposed of other than by sale are classified as held for use until their disposal. Long-lived asset groupings to be disposed of by sale are classified as held for sale after all applicable attributes in the guidance are met and are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair market value less cost to sell. Depreciation is discontinued for long-lived asset groupings classified as held for sale. Research and Development Research and development costs incurred in the normal course of business consist primarily of employee-related costs and are expensed as incurred. In-process research and development projects acquired in a business combination are recorded as intangible assets at their fair value as of the acquisition date, using Level 3 assumptions. Subsequent costs related to acquired in-process research and development projects are expensed as incurred. In-process research and development intangible assets are considered indefinite-lived until the abandonment or completion of the associated research and development efforts. These indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment consistent with the impairment testing performed on other indefinite-lived intangible assets discussed above. Upon completion of the research and development process, the carrying value of acquired in-process research and development projects is reclassified as a finite-lived asset and is amortized over its useful life. Once amortization commences, these assets are tested for impairment consistent with long-lived assets as discussed above. Environmental Liabilities and Expenditures Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Accrued environmental liabilities are not discounted. Claims for recovery from third parties, if any, are reflected separately as an asset. We record recoveries at the earlier of when the gain is probable and reasonably estimable or realized. Costs related to environmental remediation are charged to expense in the period incurred. Other environmental costs are also charged to expense in the period incurred, unless they increase the value of the property or reduce or prevent contamination from future operations, in which case, they are capitalized as property, plant and equipment and depreciated over their useful life. Contingencies and Litigation We accrue for liabilities related to contingencies, including the operational matter discussed in Note 5, and litigation matters when available information indicates that the liability is probable, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred. Income Taxes Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for tax losses, interest and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable in the years in which they are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax law is recognized in net income in the period that includes the enactment date. Where we do not intend to indefinitely reinvest earnings of our subsidiaries, we provide for income taxes and withholding taxes, where applicable, on unremitted earnings. We do not provide for income taxes on unremitted earnings of our subsidiaries that are intended to be indefinitely reinvested. We recognize the benefit of an income tax position only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position will be sustained. The tax benefits recognized are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. Additionally, we recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of provision for income taxes. The current portion of unrecognized tax benefits is included in other accrued liabilities and the long-term portion is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 70
Page 71
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Foreign Currency Translation Our reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar. In most cases, our non-U.S. based subsidiaries use their local currency as the functional currency for their respective business operations. Assets and liabilities of these operations are translated into U.S. Dollars at end-of-period exchange rates; income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period. Resulting cumulative translation adjustments are recorded as a component of shareholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in AOCI. Gains and losses from transactions denominated in currencies other than functional currencies are included in the consolidated statements of operations in other expense, net. Employee Benefits Defined benefit plans specify an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive upon retirement, usually dependent on factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of the future benefits that employees earn in return for their service in the current and prior periods. These benefits are then discounted to determine the present value of the obligations and are then adjusted for the impact of any unamortized prior service costs. The discount rate used is based upon market indicators in the region (generally, the yield on bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the obligations). The calculations are performed by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The obligation of defined benefit plans recorded on our consolidated balance sheets is net of the current fair value of assets within each respective plan. See Note 7 for further information. Stock-Based Compensation We provide directors and certain employees stock-based compensation comprising restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”). The instruments are measured at fair value on the grant date or date of modification, as applicable. We recognize compensation expense on a graded-vesting attribution basis over the requisite service period, inclusive of impacts of any current period modifications of previously granted awards. Compensation expense is recorded net of forfeitures, which we have elected to record in the period they occur. Earnings per Common Share Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to Axalta’s common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to Axalta’s common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period increased by the number of additional shares that would have been outstanding related to potentially dilutive securities; anti-dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation. These potentially dilutive securities are calculated under the treasury stock method and all outstanding stock options, RSUs, and PSUs are considered. Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance In December 2025, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740), which enhances the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures, primarily related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid disclosures. This ASU does not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The required disclosures are included in Note 10. Accounting Guidance and Disclosure Rules Issued But Not Yet Adopted In November 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement Reporting Comprehensive Income Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40), to improve disclosures about a public business entity’s expenses and require more detailed information about the types of expenses in commonly presented expense captions, such as cost ofsales, selling general and administrative expense and research and development. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2024-03 on our financial statements. In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles Goodwill and Other Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40), to enhance guidance for recognizing and measuring capitalizable costs associated with the development of internal-use software. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2025-06 on our financial statements. 71
Page 72
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (2) REVENUE We recognize revenue at the point our contractual performance obligations with our customers are satisfied. This occurs at the point in time when control of our products transfers to the customer based on considerations of right to payment, transfer of legal title, physical possession, risks and rewards of ownership and customer acceptance. For the majority of our revenue, control transfers upon shipment of our products to our customers. Our remaining revenue is recorded upon delivery or consumption for our product sales or as incurred for services provided and royalties earned. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for our products or services. Our contracts, including those subject to standard terms and conditions under multi-year agreements, are largely short-term in nature and each customer purchase order typically represents a contract with the delivery of coatings representing the only separate performance obligation. For certain customer arrangements within our light vehicle, industrial and commercial vehicle end-markets, revenue is recognized upon shipment, as this is the point in time we have concluded that control of our product has transferred to our customer based on our considerations of the indicators of control in the contracts, including right of use and risk and reward of ownership. For consignment arrangements, revenue is recognized upon actual consumption by our customers, as this represents the point in time that control is determined to have transferred to the customer based on the contractual arrangement. In our refinish end-market, our product sales are typically supplied through a network of distributors. Control transfers and revenue is recognized when our products are shipped to our distribution customers. Variable consideration in the form of price, less discounts and rebates, are estimated and recorded upon the shipment of our products based on our ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amounts expected to be received. The estimates of variable consideration involve significant assumptions based on the best estimates of inventory held by distributors, applicable pricing, as well as the use of historical actuals for sales, discounts and rebates, which may result in changes in estimates in the future. The timing of payments associated with the above arrangements may differ from the timing associated with the satisfaction of our performance obligations. The period between the satisfaction of the performance obligation and the receipt of payment is dependent on terms and conditions specific to the customers. For transactions in which we expect, at contract inception, the period between the transfer of our products or services to our customer and when the customer pays for that good or service to be greater than one year, we adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of any significant financing components that materially change the amount of revenue under the contract. All costs incurred directly in satisfaction of our performance obligations associated with revenue are reported in cost of goods sold on the statements of operations. We also provide certain customers with incremental up-front consideration, subject to clawback provisions, including Business Incentive Plan assets (“BIPs”), which is capitalized and amortized over the estimated life of the contractual arrangement as a reduction of net sales. We do not receive a distinct service or good in return for these BIPs, but rather receive volume commitments and/or sole supplier status from our customers over the life of the contractual arrangements, which approximates a five-year weighted average useful life. The termination clauses in these contractual arrangements generally include standard clawback provisions that are designed to enable us to collect monetary damages in the event of a customer’s failure to meet its commitments under the relevant contract. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the total carrying value of BIPs were $191 million and $169 million, respectively, and are presented within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, $64 million, $59 million and $64 million, respectively, was amortized and reflected as reductions of net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. We accrue for sales returns and other allowances based on our historical experience, as well as expectations based on current information relevant to our customers. We include the amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees in net sales and include costs incurred for the delivery of goods as cost of goods sold in the consolidated statement of operations. Recognition of licensing and royalty income occurs at the point in time when agreed upon performance obligations are satisfied, the amount is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Consideration for products in which control has transferred to our customers that is conditional on something other than the passage of time is recorded as a contract asset within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract asset balances at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $40 million and $36 million, respectively. 72
Page 73
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Revenue Streams Our revenue streams are disaggregated based on the types of products and services offered in contracts with our customers, which are depicted in each of our four end-markets. • Refinish - We develop, market and supply a complete portfolio of innovative coatings systems and color matching technologies to facilitate faster automotive collision repairs relative to competing technologies. Our refinish products and systems include a range of coatings layers required to match the vehicle’s color and appearance, producing a repair surface indistinguishable from the adjacent surface. • Industrial - The industrial end-market comprises liquid and powder coatings used in a broad array of applications. We are also a leading global developer, manufacturer and supplier of functional and decorative liquid and powder coatings for a large number of diversified applications in the industrial end-market. We provide a full portfolio of products for applications including building products, construction, battery solutions, transportation and general metal finishing. • Light Vehicle - Light vehicle original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) select coatings providers based on their global ability to deliver core and advanced technological solutions that improve exterior appearance and durability and provide long-term corrosion protection. Customers also look for suppliers that offer sustainable solutions to aid in the customer portfolio transformation and can enhance process efficiency, improve productivity and provide technical support. • Commercial Vehicle - Sales in the commercial vehicle end-market are generated from a variety of applications including heavy- duty truck, medium-duty truck, bus and rail, motorcycles, marine and aviation, as well as related markets such as trailers, recreational vehicles and personal sport vehicles. Commercial vehicle OEMs select coatings providers on the basis of their ability to consistently deliver advanced technological solutions that improve exterior appearance, protection and durability and provide extensive color libraries and matching capabilities at the lowest total cost-in-use, while meeting stringent environmental requirements. We also have other revenue streams which include immaterial revenues relative to the net sales from our four end-markets, comprising sales from royalties and services, primarily within our light vehicle and refinish end-markets. See Note 20 for disaggregated net sales by end-market. (3) GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS During the year ended December 31, 2025, we completed multiple strategic acquisitions in our Performance Coatings segment. These acquisitions were accounted for as business combinations with consolidated aggregate consideration of $58 million, of which $48 million was paid, net of $3 million of cash acquired. The overall impacts to our consolidated financial statements were not considered to be material, either individually or in aggregate. The fair value attributable to the consolidated identifiable intangible assets was $32 million, primarily comprising of customer relationship assets, which will be amortized over a weighted average term of approximately 10 years. Goodwill The following table shows changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2025 by reportable segment: PerformanceCoatings MobilityCoatings Total December 31, 2023 $ 1,513 $ 78 $ 1,591 Goodwill from acquisitions 112 — 112 Foreign currency translation (59) (4) (63) December 31, 2024 $ 1,566 $ 74 $ 1,640 Goodwill from acquisitions 19 — 19 Foreign currency translation 129 7 136 December 31, 2025 $ 1,714 $ 81 $ 1,795 73
Page 74
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Identifiable Intangible Assets The following tables summarize the gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of identifiable intangible assets by major class: December 31, 2025 Gross CarryingAmount AccumulatedAmortization Net BookValue Weighted averageamortization periods(years) Technology $ 154 $ (103) $ 51 11.1 Trademarks—indefinite-lived 275 — 275 Indefinite Trademarks—definite-lived 164 (87) 77 14.1 Customer relationships 1,375 (631) 744 18.9 Total $ 1,968 $ (821) $ 1,147 December 31, 2024 Gross CarryingAmount AccumulatedAmortization Net BookValue Weighted averageamortization periods(years) Technology $ 152 $ (88) $ 64 11.1 Trademarks—indefinite-lived 252 — 252 Indefinite Trademarks—definite-lived 154 (70) 84 14.0 Customer relationships 1,280 (531) 749 19.1 Total $ 1,838 $ (689) $ 1,149 The estimated amortization expense related to the fair value of acquired intangible assets for each of the succeeding five years is: 2026 $ 103 2027 $ 102 2028 $ 88 2029 $ 83 2030 $ 83 (4) RESTRUCTURING During February 2024, we announced a global transformation initiative intended to simplify the Company’s organizational structure and enable us to be more proactive, responsive, and agile and to better serve our customers and to lower our cost base and improve financial performance and cash flow generation. The 2024 Transformation Initiative actions, certain of which are subject to the satisfaction of local law requirements in various jurisdictions, commenced in the first quarter of 2024 and we expect them to be completed in 2026. The 2024 Transformation Initiative is expected to result in a reduction to our workforce of more than 500 employees globally and total pre- tax charges of approximately $84 million in the aggregate, of which approximately $78 million represents severance and other exit-related costs and approximately $6 million represents non-cash accelerated depreciation charges. Total cash expenditures related to the 2024 Transformation Initiative are expected to be approximately $105-115 million, inclusive of $30-40 million for capital expenditures to, among other things, shift manufacturing capacity or capabilities. The 2024 Transformation Initiative resulted in pre-tax charges of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, which primarily relates to employee severance and other exit costs. The majority of the termination benefits were accounted for in accordance with the applicable guidance for ASC 712, Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits, whereby we accounted for termination benefits and recognized liabilities when the loss was considered probable that employees were entitled to benefits and the amounts could be reasonably estimated. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we incurred costs of $23 million, $65 million, and $4 million, respectively, for termination benefits, net of changes in estimates. The majority of our termination benefits are recorded within other operating charges in the consolidated statements of operations. The remaining payments associated with these actions are expected to be substantially completed within 12 months. The following table summarizes the activity related to the termination benefit reserves and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023: 74
Page 75
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Balance at January 1, 2023 $ 49 Expense recorded 4 Payments made (37) Foreign currency translation — Balance at December 31, 2023 $ 16 Expense recorded 65 Payments made (30) Foreign currency translation (2) Balance at December 31, 2024 $ 49 Expense recorded 23 Payments made (51) Foreign currency translation 5 Balance at December 31, 2025 $ 26 (5) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Guarantees We guarantee certain of our customers’ obligations to third parties, whereby any default by our customers on their obligations could force us to make payments to the applicable creditors (“Customer Obligation Guarantees”). At December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had outstanding Customer Obligation Guarantees of $24 million and $23 million, respectively, excluding certain outstanding Customer Obligation Guarantees secured by letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility discussed further in Note 18. Excluding Customer Obligation Guarantees secured by letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility, substantially all of our Customer Obligation Guarantees do not have specified expiration dates. We monitor the Customer Obligation Guarantees to evaluate whether we have a liability at the balance sheet date. We did not have any liabilities related to our outstanding Customer Obligation Guarantees recorded at either December 31, 2025 or 2024. Operational Matter In January 2021, we became aware of an operational matter affecting certain North America Mobility Coatings customer manufacturing sites. The matter involves the use and application of certain of our products in combination with and incorporated within third-party products. The matter occurred over a discrete period during the fourth quarter of 2020. We concluded that losses from this matter were probable and that a majority of losses would be covered under our insurance policies, subject to deductible and policy limits as defined in our policies. During each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, expenses recorded relating to the operational matter were immaterial. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had $26 million and $29 million, respectively, recorded for estimated insurance receivables within accounts and notes receivable, net in the consolidated balance sheets. Liabilities of $24 million and $27 million are recorded as other accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The recorded probable losses remain an estimate, and actual costs arising from this matter could be materially lower or higher depending on, among other things, the actual costs incurred to repair the impacted products as well as the availability of additional insurance coverage. Other We are subject to various pending lawsuits, legal proceedings and other claims in the ordinary course of business, including civil, regulatory and environmental matters. These matters may involve third-party indemnification obligations and/or insurance covering all or part of any potential damage incurred by us. All of these matters are subject to many uncertainties and, accordingly, we cannot determine the ultimate outcome of the proceedings and other claims at this time. The potential effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements will be recorded in the period in which these matters are probable and estimable. Except as set forth in the “Operational Matter” section above, we believe that any sum we may be required to pay in connection with proceedings or claims in excess of the amounts recorded would likely not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows on a consolidated annual basis but could have a material adverse impact in a particular quarterly reporting period. However, there can be no assurance that any such sum would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows on a consolidated annual basis. 75
Page 76
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) We are involved in environmental remediation and ongoing compliance activities at several sites. The timing and duration of remediation and ongoing compliance activities are determined on a site by site basis depending on local regulations. The liabilities recorded represent our estimable future remediation costs and other anticipated environmental liabilities. We have not recorded liabilities at sites where a liability is probable but a range of loss is not reasonably estimable. We believe that any sum we may be required to pay in connection with environmental remediation matters in excess of the amounts recorded would likely occur over a period of time and would likely not have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows on a consolidated annual basis but could have a material adverse impact in a particular quarterly reporting period. (6) LEASES We have operating and finance leases for certain of our technology centers, warehouses, office spaces, land, and equipment. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The lease term is determined to be the non-cancelable period including any lessee renewal options that are considered to be reasonably certain of exercise. The interest rate implicit in lease contracts is typically not readily determinable. As such, the Company used judgment to determine an appropriate incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate incurred to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term in a similar economic environment. Lease expense for fixed lease payments on operating leases is recognized over the expected term on a straight-line basis, while lease expense for fixed lease payments on finance leases is recognized using the effective interest method. Certain of our lease agreements include rental payments based on an index or are adjusted periodically for inflation. At lease inception, we make assumptions for certain factors (i.e., inflation rates) through the lease term. Changes to lease payments resulting from these factors are treated as variable lease payments and recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments was incurred. In addition, variable lease expense also includes elements of a contract that is based on usage during the term. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is summarized as follows: December 31, 2025 2024 Assets Classification Operating lease ROU assets, net Other assets $ 112 $ 99 Finance lease ROU assets, net Property, plant and equipment, net 44 47 Total leased assets $ 156 $ 146 Liabilities Current Operating lease liabilities Other accrued liabilities $ 31 $ 27 Finance lease liabilities Current portion of borrowings 3 3 Noncurrent Operating lease liabilities Other liabilities 81 73 Finance lease liabilities Long-term borrowings 47 51 Total lease liabilities $ 162 $ 154 (1) Operating lease assets are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $116 million and $89 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. (2) Finance lease assets are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $31 million and $26 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. (1) (2) 76
Page 77
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Components of lease expense are summarized as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Finance lease cost Amortization of right-of-use assets $ 4 $ 5 $ 5 Interest on lease liabilities 3 3 3 Operating lease cost 43 39 39 Variable lease cost 3 3 4 Short-term lease cost 1 1 1 Net lease cost $ 54 $ 51 $ 52 Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is summarized as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows for operating leases $ 39 $ 39 $ 40 Operating cash flows for finance leases $ 3 $ 3 $ 3 Financing cash flows for finance leases $ 3 $ 3 $ 3 Non-cash leasing activities: ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations - Operating leases $ 37 $ 23 $ 21 (1) Includes lease extensions and option exercises. Lease term and discount rate information are summarized as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Weighted average remaining lease term (years) Operating leases 5.5 4.6 Finance leases 11.3 12.2 Weighted average discount rate Operating leases 5.0 % 5.4 % Finance leases 5.3 % 5.3 % Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2025 are as follows: Operating Leases Finance Leases Year 2026 $ 37 $ 5 2027 29 6 2028 20 6 2029 11 7 2030 9 6 Thereafter 21 40 Total lease payments 127 70 Less: imputed interest 15 20 Present value of lease liabilities $ 112 $ 50 (1) 77
Page 78
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (7) LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS Defined Benefit Pensions Axalta has defined benefit plans that cover certain employees worldwide, with approximately 85% of the projected benefit obligation within the European region at December 31, 2025. Obligations and Funded Status The measurement date used to determine defined benefit obligations is December 31st each year. The following table sets forth the changes to the projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) and plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and the funded status and amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2025 and 2024 for our defined benefit pension plans: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Change in benefit obligation: Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 468 $ 526 Service cost 7 6 Interest cost 19 19 Participant contributions 2 2 Actuarial loss (gain), net 2 (17) Plan curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits (11) (9) Benefits paid (29) (29) Business combinations and other adjustments 2 — Foreign currency translation 49 (30) Projected benefit obligation at end of year 509 468 Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 258 281 Actual return on plan assets 4 — Employer contributions 24 24 Participant contributions 2 2 Benefits paid (29) (29) Settlements (11) (9) Foreign currency translation 20 (11) Fair value of plan assets at end of year 268 258 Funded status, net $ (241) $ (210) Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of: Other assets $ 14 $ 24 Other accrued liabilities (17) (14) Accrued pensions (238) (220) Net amount recognized $ (241) $ (210) The net actuarial (gain) loss for 2025 and 2024 was due primarily to fluctuations in the discount rates between years across the plans relative to the rates used in the preceding year to determine benefit obligations (see assumptions table below), which were caused by market volatility during the periods. The PBO is the actuarial present value of benefits attributable to employee service rendered to date, including the effects of estimated future pay increases. The accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) is the actuarial present value of benefits attributable to employee service rendered to date but does not include the effects of estimated future pay increases. 78
Page 79
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) The following table reflects the ABO for all defined benefit plans at December 31, 2025 and 2024. Further, the table reflects the aggregate PBO, ABO and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with PBO in excess of plan assets and for pension plans with ABO in excess of plan assets. December 31, 2025 2024 ABO $ 485 $ 447 Plans with PBO in excess of plan assets: PBO $ 322 $ 303 ABO $ 301 $ 283 Fair value plan assets $ 68 $ 69 Plans with ABO in excess of plan assets: PBO $ 322 $ 293 ABO $ 301 $ 275 Fair value plan assets $ 68 $ 60 The pre-tax amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in AOCI include the following related to defined benefit plans: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Accumulated net actuarial losses $ (99) $ (93) Accumulated prior service credit (1) 2 Total $ (100) $ (91) The accumulated net actuarial losses relate primarily to differences between the actual net periodic expense and the expected net periodic expense resulting from differences in the significant assumptions, including return on assets, discount rates and compensation trends, used in these estimates. For individual plans in which the accumulated net actuarial gains or losses exceed 10% of the higher of the fair value of plan assets or the PBO at the beginning of the year, amortization of such excess has been included in net periodic benefit costs. The amortization period is the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits unless a plan is mostly inactive, in which case the amortization period is the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants. Accumulated prior service credits are amortized over the future service periods of those employees who are active at the dates of the plan amendments and who are expected to receive benefits. 79
Page 80
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost The following table sets forth the pre-tax components of net periodic benefit costs for our defined benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Components of net periodic benefit cost and amounts recognized in comprehensiveincome: Net periodic benefit cost: Service cost $ 7 $ 6 $ 6 Interest cost 19 19 19 Expected return on plan assets (10) (12) (11) Amortization of actuarial loss, net 3 4 1 Curtailment gain — (1) — Settlement gain — (1) — Net periodic benefit cost 19 15 15 Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensiveincome: Net actuarial loss (gain), net 9 (6) 51 Amortization of actuarial loss, net (3) (4) (1) Prior service credit 2 — — Curtailment gain — 1 — Settlement gain — 1 — Other adjustments 1 — (1) Total loss (gain) recognized in other comprehensive income 9 (8) 49 Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and comprehensive income $ 28 $ 7 $ 64 Assumptions We used the following assumptions in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost of our defined benefit plans: 2025 2024 2023 Weighted average assumptions: Discount rate to determine benefit obligation 4.36 % 4.06 % 3.82 % Discount rate to determine net cost 4.06 % 3.82 % 4.37 % Rate of future compensation increases to determine benefit obligation 2.94 % 2.89 % 2.97 % Rate of future compensation increases to determine net cost 2.89 % 2.97 % 2.98 % Rate of return on plan assets to determine net cost 3.94 % 4.47 % 4.27 % Cash balance interest credit rate to determine benefit obligation 1.35 % 1.08 % 1.32 % Cash balance interest credit rate to determine net cost 1.08 % 1.32 % 1.96 % The discount rates used reflect the expected future cash flow based on plan provisions, participant data and the currencies in which the expected future cash flows will occur. For the majority of our defined benefit obligations, we utilize prevailing long-term high quality corporate bond indices applicable to the respective country at the measurement date. In countries where established corporate bond markets do not exist, we utilize other index movement and duration analysis to determine discount rates. The assumptions of the long-term rate of return on plan assets reflect economic assumptions applicable to each country and assumptions related to the preliminary assessments regarding the type of investments to be held by the respective plans. 80
Page 81
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Estimated future benefit payments The following reflects the total benefit payments expected to be paid for defined benefits: Year ended December 31, Benefits 2026 $ 35 2027 $ 37 2028 $ 38 2029 $ 44 2030 $ 45 2031 - 2035 $ 227 Plan Assets The defined benefit plans for our subsidiaries represent single-employer plans and the related plan assets are invested within separate trusts. Each of the single-employer plans is managed in accordance with the requirements of local laws and regulations governing defined benefit plans for the exclusive purpose of providing pension benefits to participants and their beneficiaries. Pension plan assets are typically held in a trust by financial institutions. Our established asset allocation targets are intended to achieve the plan’s investment strategies. Equity securities include varying market capitalization levels. U.S. equity securities are primarily large-cap companies. Fixed income investments include corporate issued, government issued, and asset-backed securities. Corporate debt securities include a range of credit risk and industry diversification. Other investments include real estate and private market securities such as insurance contracts, interests in private equity, and venture capital partnerships. Assets measured using the net asset value (“NAV”) per share practical expedient include debt, asset-backed securities, hedge funds, and real estate funds. Debt asset-backed securities primarily consist of collateralized debt obligations. The market values for these assets are based on the NAV multiplied by the number of shares owned. Fair value calculations may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, although we believe the valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date. The Company’s investment strategy in pension plan assets is to generate earnings over an extended time to help fund the cost of benefits while maintaining an adequate level of diversification for a prudent level of risk. The table below summarizes the weighted average actual and target pension plan asset allocations at December 31 for all funded Axalta defined benefit plans. Asset Category 2025 2024 Target Allocation Equity securities 0-5% 5-10% 0-5% Debt securities 5-10% 40-45% 5-10% Real estate 0-5% 0-5% 0-5% Other 90-95% 45-50% 90-95% (1) Substantially all pension insurance contracts and cash and cash equivalents holdings. st (1) 81
Page 82
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) The table below presents the fair values of the defined benefit plan assets by level within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 1, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Defined benefit plan assets measured using NAV have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. Fair value measurements at December 31, 2025 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Asset Category: Cash and cash equivalents $ 10 $ 10 $ — $ — U.S. equity securities 3 3 — — Non-U.S. equity securities 2 2 — — Debt securities—government issued 10 7 3 — Debt securities—corporate issued 4 4 — — Insurance contracts and other 235 — 1 234 Total carried at fair value $ 264 $ 26 $ 4 $ 234 Investments measured at NAV 4 Total $ 268 Fair value measurements at December 31, 2024 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Asset Category: Cash and cash equivalents $ 11 $ 11 $ — $ — U.S. equity securities 14 14 — — Non-U.S. equity securities 9 9 — — Debt securities—government issued 77 50 26 1 Debt securities—corporate issued 31 21 10 — Insurance contracts and other 109 — — 109 Total carried at fair value $ 251 $ 105 $ 36 $ 110 Investments measured at NAV 7 Total $ 258 82
Page 83
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Level 3 assets are primarily insurance contracts pledged on behalf of employees with benefits in certain countries, ownership interests in investment partnerships, trusts that own private market securities and other debt and equity investments. The fair values of our insurance contracts are determined based on the cash surrender value or the present value of the expected future benefits to be paid under the contract, discounted at a rate consistent with the related benefit obligation. Debt and equity securities consist primarily of small investments in other investments that are valued at different frequencies based on the value of the underlying investments. The table below presents a roll forward of activity for these assets for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. The transfers presented below during 2024 relate to de-risking activities in certain plans. Level 3 assets Total Insurancecontracts andother Debt and equity Ending balance at December 31, 2023 $ 126 $ 116 $ 10 Realized (loss) (8) (7) (1) Purchases, sales, issues and settlements (5) (2) (3) Transfers (out of) into Level 3 (3) 2 (5) Ending balance at December 31, 2024 $ 110 $ 109 $ 1 Change in unrealized gain 17 17 — Purchases, sales, issues and settlements 107 108 (1) Ending balance at December 31, 2025 $ 234 $ 234 $ — Assumptions and Sensitivities The discount rate is determined as of each measurement date, based on a review of yield rates associated with long-term, high-quality corporate bonds. The calculation separately discounts benefit payments using the spot rates from a long-term, high-quality corporate bond yield curve. The long-term rate of return assumption represents the expected average rate of earnings on the funds invested to provide for the benefits included in the benefit obligations. The long-term rate of return assumption is determined based on a number of factors, including historical market index returns, the anticipated long-term asset allocation of the plans, historical plan return data, plan expenses and the potential to outperform market index returns. For 2026, the expected long-term rate of return is 4.13%. Anticipated Contributions to Defined Benefit Plans For funded pension plans, our funding policy is to fund amounts for pension plans sufficient to meet minimum requirements set forth in applicable benefit laws and local tax laws. Based on the same assumptions used to measure our benefit obligations at December 31, 2025, we expect to contribute $7 million to our defined benefit plans during 2026. Defined Contribution Plans The Company sponsors defined contribution plans in both its U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries, under which salaried and certain hourly employees may defer a portion of their compensation. Eligible participants may contribute to the plan up to the allowable amount of their regular compensation before taxes, as determined by the plan. All contributions and Company matches are invested at the direction of the employee. Company matching contributions vest immediately and aggregated to $46 million, $44 million and $56 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (8) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recognized $25 million, $28 million and $26 million, respectively, in stock-based compensation expense, which was allocated between cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. We recognized tax benefits on stock-based compensation of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Description of Equity Incentive Plan In 2014, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. 2014 Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated including in 2023 (as so amended and restated, the “2014 Plan”), which reserved additional shares of common stock of the Company for issuance to employees, directors and consultants. The 2014 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock or other stock-based awards. All awards granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan must be authorized by the Board or a designated committee thereof. The Board has generally delegated responsibility for administering the 2014 Plan to the Compensation Committee. 83
Page 84
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) The terms of the stock options may vary with each grant and are determined by the Compensation Committee within the guidelines of the 2014 Plan. Option life cannot exceed ten years, and the Company may settle option exercises by issuing new shares, treasury shares or shares purchased on the open market. During 2025, we granted RSUs to directors and certain employees and PSUs to certain employees. All awards were granted under the 2014 Plan. The PSUs are subject to certain performance and market conditions, in addition to the service-based vesting conditions. During 2025, the Company withheld shares and used cash to settle certain employees’ tax obligation resulting from the vesting of awards in the amount of $4 million. Restricted Stock Units During the year ended December 31, 2025, we granted 0.6 million RSUs. A majority of these awards vest ratably over three years. A summary of RSU activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 is presented below: Restricted Stock Units Units(in millions) Weighted AverageFair Value Outstanding at January 1, 2025 1.0 $ 31.43 Granted 0.6 $ 33.79 Vested (0.5) $ 30.86 Forfeited (0.2) $ 32.97 Outstanding at December 31, 2025 0.9 $ 32.91 At December 31, 2025, there was $11 million of unamortized expense relating to unvested RSUs that is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of 1.4 years. The intrinsic value of RSU awards vested and released during 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $18 million, $23 million and $26 million, respectively. The total fair value of awards vested during 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $16 million, $20 million and $19 million, respectively. Tax benefits on these vested awards were immaterial. Performance Share Units During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company granted PSUs to certain employees of the Company as part of their annual equity compensation award. The outstanding PSU grants are split between those with a performance condition related to profitability and those with a market condition related to total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to the TSR of a selected industry peer group, with all such PSUs being subject to a three-year service condition and a cumulative three-year performance period. The actual number of shares awarded for the outstanding PSU grants will be between zero and 200% of the target award amount. A summary of PSU activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 is presented below: Performance Share Units Units(in millions) Weighted AverageFair Value Outstanding at January 1, 2025 0.9 $ 35.84 Granted 0.3 $ 39.67 Vested — $ 30.85 Forfeited (0.2) $ 33.52 Outstanding at December 31, 2025 1.0 $ 37.94 (1) Activity during the year ended December 31, 2025 rounds to zero. At December 31, 2025, there was $13 million of unamortized expense relating to unvested PSUs that is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. The forfeitures include PSUs that vested below threshold payout. The intrinsic value of PSU awards vested and released during 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $2 million, $1 million and $0 million, respectively. The total fair value of awards vested during in each 2025 and 2024 was $1 million and in 2023 was $0 million. There were no tax benefits on these vested awards. (1) 84
Page 85
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Stock Options The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used to estimate the fair values for options as of their grant date. There have been no options granted since 2019. There are currently 0.1 million options outstanding, all of which are vested and exercisable, with an average exercise price of $28.68, a weighted average contractual life of 2.04 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $1 million. Cash received by the Company upon exercise of options in 2025 was $1 million. There were immaterial tax expenses on these exercises. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the intrinsic value of options exercised was $0 million, $2 million and $3 million, respectively. (9) OTHER EXPENSE, NET Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Foreign exchange losses, net $ 15 $ 11 $ 23 Debt extinguishment and refinancing-related costs 2 5 10 Other miscellaneous income, net (4) (11) (13) Total $ 13 $ 5 $ 20 (1) Debt extinguishment and refinancing-related costs include third-party fees incurred and the loss on extinguishment associated with the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discounts in conjunction with the restructuring and refinancing of our long-term borrowings, as discussed further in Note 18. (10) INCOME TAXES On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted the Bermuda Corporate Income Tax Act (“Bermuda CITA”), which imposes a 15% corporate income tax effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the domestic components presented represent Bermuda, our country of incorporation. For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the domestic components presented represent the United States. Prior to 2025, we reflected the United States as the domestic component, which we believe was more meaningful to the reader due to the significance of our operations inthe United States during the years when Bermuda did not impose a corporate income tax. The Company’s operations in Switzerland are subject to reduced tax rates through December 31, 2026, as long as certain conditions are met. The tax benefit attributable to this tax holiday was $6 million, $4 million, and $4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The tax effect of the holiday on diluted net income per common share was $0.03, $0.02, and $0.01 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023. Domestic and Foreign Components of Income Before Income Taxes Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Domestic $ 29 $ 203 $ 150 Foreign 517 293 205 Total $ 546 $ 496 $ 355 (1) For the year ended December 31, 2025, the domestic income before income taxes represents Bermuda operations. For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the domestic income before income taxes represent United States operations. Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes Year Ended December 31, 2025 Year Ended December 31, 2024 Year Ended December 31, 2023 Current Deferred Total Current Deferred Total Current Deferred Total Domestic $ 1 $ 24 $ 25 $ 27 $ 7 $ 34 $ 33 $ (9) $ 24 Domestic State — — — 8 (1) 7 9 (2) 7 Foreign 121 21 142 87 (23) 64 52 3 55 Total $ 122 $ 45 $ 167 $ 122 $ (17) $ 105 $ 94 $ (8) $ 86 (1) (1) (1) (1) 85
Page 86
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (1) For the year ended December 31, 2025, the domestic federal and state provision (benefit) for income taxes represent Bermuda operations. Bermuda does not impose a state income tax. For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the domestic federal and state provision (benefit) for income taxes represent United States operations. Income Tax Paid by Jurisdiction Year Ended December 31, 2025 Brazil 8 China 22 India 6 Mexico 14 United States 29 Other foreign jurisdictions 28 Total Income Tax Paid $ 107 (1) All other foreign jurisdictions do not individually exceed $5 million. (1) 86
Page 87
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Reconciliation to U.S. Statutory Rate For the year ended December 31, 2025, the effective tax rate reconciliation is presented reflecting the differences between the Bermuda income tax rate and the effective tax rate for the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the effective tax rate reconciliation is presented reflecting the differences between the United States federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate for the Company. Year Ended December 31, 2025 Statutory Bermuda federal income tax rate $ 82 15.0 % Foreign Tax Effects Brazil Statutory tax rate differences between Brazil and Bermuda 4 0.8 Foreign taxes 4 0.8 China Statutory tax rate differences between China and Bermuda 9 1.6 Other 3 0.6 Germany Trade tax 5 0.9 Enactment of new tax laws (5) (0.9) Other (1) (0.2) Luxembourg Nondeductible foreign exchange gains and losses 10 1.8 Other (3) (0.5) Netherlands Statutory tax rate differences between Netherlands and Bermuda (4) (0.7) Nondeductible foreign exchange gains and losses 7 1.3 Other (5) (0.9) Switzerland Statutory tax rate differences between Switzerland and Bermuda (20) (3.7) Cantonal tax 7 1.3 Foreign taxes 4 0.8 Deductible impairment loss (5) (0.9) Other (2) (0.4) United Kingdom Statutory tax rate differences between the United Kingdom and Bermuda (6) (1.1) Changes in valuation allowance 3 0.5 United States Statutory tax rate differences between United States and Bermuda 7 1.3 State and local income taxes, net federal tax effect 4 0.7 Tax credits (6) (1.1) Nontaxable and nondeductible items 9 1.6 Mexico 7 1.3 Other 16 2.8 Changes in valuation allowance 19 3.5 Nontaxable and nondeductible items 1 0.2 Changes in unrecognized tax benefits 23 4.2 Total income tax provision / effective tax rate $ 167 30.6 % 87
Page 88
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Year Ended December 31, 2024 2023 Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate $ 104 21.0 % $ 75 21.0 % Foreign income taxed at rates other than U.S. statutory rate (25) (5.1) (29) (8.2) Changes in valuation allowances 14 2.7 38 10.7 Foreign exchange gains and losses (14) (2.7) 1 0.2 Unrecognized tax benefits 13 2.6 (6) (1.7) Foreign taxes 8 1.6 9 2.5 Non-deductible expenses 7 1.5 7 1.9 Tax credits (7) (1.4) (9) (2.5) U.S. state and local taxes, net 6 1.2 5 1.5 Bermuda CITA (27) (5.5) — — Other, net 26 5.2 (5) (1.1) Total income tax provision / effective tax rate $ 105 21.1 % $ 86 24.3 % (1) In 2024, the Company recorded a tax expense of $26 million in the Netherlands related to the write off of an expired net operating loss carryforward, which is fully offset by a tax benefit of $26 million for the decrease to the valuation allowance. (1) 88
Page 89
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Deferred Tax Balances Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Deferred tax asset Tax loss, credit and interest carryforwards $ 437 $ 361 Compensation and employee benefits 62 68 Accruals and other reserves 38 34 Research and development capitalization 35 53 Equity investment and other securities 5 — Leases 41 38 Other 8 1 Total deferred tax assets 626 555 Less: valuation allowance (337) (250) Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance 289 305 Deferred tax liabilities Goodwill and intangibles (164) (126) Property, plant and equipment (146) (143) Unremitted earnings (16) (14) Accounts receivable and other assets (15) (7) Equity investment and other securities — (2) Total deferred tax liabilities (341) (292) Net deferred tax (liability) asset $ (52) $ 13 Non-current assets $ 119 $ 164 Non-current liability (171) (151) Net deferred tax (liability) asset $ (52) $ 13 At December 31, 2025 and 2024, deferred income taxes of approximately $16 million and $14 million, respectively, have been provided on unremitted earnings of all subsidiaries and related companies to the extent that such earnings are not deemed to be permanently reinvested and cannot be repatriated in a tax-free manner. At December 31, 2025, and 2024, we have not recorded a deferred tax liability related to withholding taxes of approximately $147 million and $95 million, respectively, on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries that are deemed permanently reinvested. Tax loss, tax credit and interest carryforwards Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Tax loss carryforwards (tax effected) Expire within 10 years $ 49 $ 20 Expire after 10 years or indefinite carryforward 201 175 Tax credit carryforwards Expire within 10 years 1 1 Expire after 10 years or indefinite carryforward 7 1 Interest carryforwards Expire within 10 years 1 1 Expire after 10 years or indefinite carryforward 178 163 Total tax loss, tax credit and interest carryforwards $ 437 $ 361 (1) Net of unrecognized tax benefits Utilization of our tax loss, tax credit and interest carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state and foreign provisions. Such annual limitations could result in the expiration of the tax loss, tax credit and interest carryforwards before their utilization. (1) 89
Page 90
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Valuation allowance Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Domestic $ 27 $ 4 Foreign 310 246 Total valuation allowance $ 337 $ 250 (1) For the year ended December 31, 2025, the domestic valuation allowance represents Bermuda operations. For the year ended December 31,2024, the domestic valuation allowance represents the U.S. operations. Valuation allowances relate primarily to the tax loss, tax credit and interest carryforwards, as well as equity investment in foreign jurisdictions, where the Company does not believe the associated net deferred tax assets will be realized, due to expiration, limitation or insufficient future taxable income. The foreign valuation allowance primarily relates to tax loss carryforwards and interest carryforwards from operations in Luxembourg, Netherlands, and the United Kingdom, of $295 million and $240 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Total Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Total gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1 $ 107 $ 96 $ 98 Increases related to acquisitions — — — Increases related to positions taken on items from prior years 28 5 2 Decreases related to positions taken on items from prior years (2) (3) (5) Increases related to positions taken in the current year 9 10 12 Settlement of uncertain tax positions with tax authorities (2) — (1) Decrease due to expiration of statues of limitations (41) (1) (10) Total gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31 99 107 96 Total accrual for interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits 13 6 5 Total gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, including interest and penalties $ 112 $ 113 $ 101 Total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate $ 73 $ 50 $ 42 Interest and penalties included as components of the Provision for income taxes $ 6 $ 1 $ (1) (1) Accrued interest and penalties are included within Other accrued liabilities and Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company is subject to income tax in approximately 49 jurisdictions outside of Bermuda. The Company’s significant operations outside of Bermuda are located in Brazil, China, Germany, Mexico, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The statute of limitations varies by jurisdiction with 2014 being the oldest tax year still open in significant jurisdictions. Certain German subsidiaries are under tax examination for calendar years 2014 to 2020. The review by the German Tax Authorities (“GTA”) encompasses various tax aspects, including but not limited to intercompany transactions and the establishment of our European headquarters in Basel, Switzerland in 2016. The GTA have issued proposed adjustments and have communicated a preliminary position related to the establishment of our European headquarters. We are fully engaged in ongoing discussions with the GTA and are evaluating potential resolution options for certain tax years open under audit. The Company is also under audit in other jurisdictions outside of Germany, including an inquiry with His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) in the United Kingdom for tax years 2021-2023. The HMRC’s inquiries are principally related to, but not limited to, certain intercompany financing activities. We continue to respond to information requests. The result of all open examinations may lead to adjustments to our taxes or certain tax attributes including net operating losses or interest limitation carryforwards with respect to years under examination as well as subsequent periods. We believe that our estimated provisions for any adjustments that may result from the examinations are appropriately recorded in our condensed consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2025. (1) (1) 90
Page 91
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (11) NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE Basic net income per common share excludes the dilutive impact of potentially dilutive securities and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per common share includes the effect of potential dilution from the hypothetical exercise of outstanding stock options and vesting of RSUs and PSUs. A reconciliation of our basic and diluted net income per common share is as follows: Year Ended December 31, (In millions, except per share data) 2025 2024 2023 Net income to common shareholders $ 378 $ 391 $ 267 Basic weighted average shares outstanding 216.0 219.3 221.0 Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 217.0 220.4 221.9 Net income per common share : Basic net income per share $ 1.75 $ 1.78 $ 1.21 Diluted net income per share $ 1.74 $ 1.78 $ 1.21 (1) Basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are calculated based on full precision. Figures in the table may not recalculate due to rounding. The number of anti-dilutive shares that have been excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was 0.2 million, 0.1 million and 0.4 million, respectively. (12) ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE, NET Trade accounts receivable are stated at the amount we expect to collect. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses by applying historical loss percentages, combined with reasonable and supportable forecasts of future losses, to respective aging categories. Management considers the following factors in developing its current estimate of expected credit losses: customer credit- worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends, changes in market or regulatory matters, changes in geopolitical matters, changes in customer payment terms, and other macroeconomic factors. Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Accounts receivable—trade, net $ 1,014 $ 1,015 Notes receivable 32 92 Other 183 141 Total $ 1,229 $ 1,248 (1) Allowance for doubtful accounts was $29 million and $25 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. (2) Includes $26 million and $29 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, of insurance recoveries related to an operational matter discussed further in Note 5. Bad debt expenses of $9 million, $9 million and $5 million was included within selling, general and administrative expenses and other operating charges for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (13) INVENTORIES Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Finished products $ 431 $ 391 Semi-finished products 122 124 Raw materials 168 189 Stores and supplies 35 30 Total $ 756 $ 734 Inventory reserves were $22 million and $17 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. (1) (1) (2) 91
Page 92
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (14) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET Year Ended December 31, Useful Lives(years) 2025 2024 Land $ 76 $ 72 Buildings and improvements 5 - 25 575 517 Machinery and equipment 5 - 25 1,549 1,403 Software and information technology assets 5 - 15 287 272 Other 3 - 20 72 74 Construction in progress 172 116 Total 2,731 2,454 Accumulated depreciation (1,432) (1,273) Property, plant and equipment, net $ 1,299 $ 1,181 Depreciation expense amounted to $131 million, $127 million and $121 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. We capitalized interest of $7 million, $4 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. (15) OTHER ASSETS Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Deferred income taxes—non-current 119 164 Business incentive payment assets 191 169 Operating lease ROU assets 112 99 Other assets 121 124 Total $ 543 $ 556 (1) Includes a $19 million customer loans entered into during the year ended December 31, 2024 that will be repaid over a 5-year period, of which $4 million is classified as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. (16) ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Accounts Payable Trade payables $ 577 $ 603 Non-income taxes 26 26 Other 34 30 Total $ 637 $ 659 Other Accrued Liabilities Compensation and other employee-related costs $ 210 $ 245 Restructuring—current 26 46 Discounts, rebates, and warranties 249 246 Operating lease liabilities 31 27 Income taxes payable 49 29 Other 147 82 Total $ 712 $ 675 (1) Includes $29 million and $28 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, payable to banking institutions as part of our supplier financing programs discussed further in Note 17. (2) Includes $24 million and $27 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, of liabilities related to an operational matter discussed further in Note 5. (1) (1) (2) 92
Page 93
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (17) SUPPLIER FINANCE PROGRAMS We maintain a voluntary supply chain financing (“SCF”) program with a global financial institution which allows a select group of suppliers to sell their receivables to the participating financial institution at the discretion of both parties on terms that are negotiated between the supplier and the financial institution. The supplier invoices that have been confirmed as valid under the program are paid by us to the financial institution according to the terms we have with the supplier. Amounts outstanding under the SCF program were $23 million and $22 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. We also participate in a virtual card program with a global financial institution, in which we pay supplier invoices on the due date using a Virtual Card Account (“VCA”) and subsequently pay the balance in full 25 days after the billing statement date of the VCA. The program allows for suppliers to receive an accelerated payment for a fee at each supplier’s discretion. Fees paid by our suppliers are negotiated directly with the financial institution without our involvement. Amounts outstanding under the VCA program were $6 million at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The payment terms we have with our suppliers who participate in the SCF and VCA programs are consistent with the typical terms we have with our suppliers who do not participate. These financing arrangements are included in accounts payable within the consolidated balance sheets and the associated payments are included in operating activities within the consolidated statements of cash flows. We have a supplier financing program in China, which is utilized to finance the purchases of goods and services from our suppliers through local banking institutions. The payment terms under the program vary, but the program has a weighted average maturity date that is approximately 90 days from each respective financing inception. These financing arrangements are included in the current portion of borrowings within the consolidated balance sheets and at the time of issuance each transaction is treated as a non-cash financing activity within the consolidated statements of cash flows. Upon settlement of the financing, the cash outflow is classified as a financing activity within the consolidated statements of cash flows. There were no balances outstanding under this program at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Amounts outstanding under this program were $4 million at December 31, 2023, including $1 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment. Cash outflows under this program were $0 million, $4 million and $42 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The following table summarizes the amounts outstanding under the SCF and VCA programs: SCF Program VCA Program Obligations outstanding at December 31, 2024 $ 22 $ 6 Invoices confirmed 131 24 Confirmed invoices paid (131) (24) Currency impact 1 — Obligations outstanding at December 31, 2025 $ 23 $ 6 93
Page 94
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) (18) BORROWINGS Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2029 Dollar Term Loans $ 1,475 $ 1,702 2027 Dollar Senior Notes 500 500 2029 Dollar Senior Notes 700 700 2031 Dollar Senior Notes 500 500 Short-term and other borrowings 50 54 Unamortized original issue discount (9) (13) Unamortized deferred financing costs (17) (22) Total borrowings, net 3,199 3,421 Less: Short-term borrowings 3 3 Current portion of long-term borrowings 17 17 Long-term debt $ 3,179 $ 3,401 Senior Secured Credit Facilities, as amended Our senior secured credit facilities (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) consist of a term loan due 2029 (the “2029 Dollar Term Loans”), and a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) that is governed by a credit agreement (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement has undergone several amendments, the most recent of which are detailed within the discussion below. For additional detail regarding earlier amendments, refer to our previous Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC. Any indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities may be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part, in minimum amounts, subject to the provisions set forth in the Credit Agreement. Such indebtedness is subject to mandatory prepayments amounting to the proceeds of asset sales over $75 million, proceeds from certain debt issuances not otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement and 50% (subject to a step-down to 25.0% or 0% if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) falls below 4.25:1.00 or 3.50:1.00, respectively) of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Under the circumstances and subject to the conditions described in the Credit Agreement, we may increase our capacity for revolving loans, increase commitments under our existing term loans, issueadditional term loans or issue other indebtedness. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all assets of the Company and certain other subsidiary guarantors, with certain guarantors providing equity pledges only. We are subject to customary negative covenants in addition to the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio financial covenant for purposes of determining any Excess Cash Flow mandatory payment. Further, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, among other things, include customary restrictions (subject to certain exceptions) on the Company’s ability to incur certain indebtedness, grant certain liens, make certain investments, or declare or pay certain dividends. As of December 31, 2025, the Company is in compliance with all covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Proposed Merger, if consummated, will constitute a “Change of Control” under the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, AkzoNobel agreed to, in consultation with Axalta, use reasonable best efforts to obtain funds to, among other things, refinance the 2029 Dollar Term Loans prior to consummation of the Merger. i) 2029 Dollar Term Loans The 2029 Dollar Term Loans were issued at 99.00% of par, or a $20 million discount, and mature on December 20, 2029. Principal is paid quarterly based on 1% per annum of the original principal amount outstanding on the most recent amendment date with the unpaid balance due at maturity, and interest is payable quarterly. The 2029 Dollar Term Loans are subject to a floor of 0.5% and a margin of 1.75% when bearing interest at a rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and a margin of 1.50% when bearing interest at a rate based on the Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement). 94
Page 95
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) ii) Revolving Credit Facility The Revolving Credit Facility matures on the earlier of June 21, 2029, the date of termination in whole of the Revolving Credit Facility, or the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity of the term loans borrowed under the Credit Agreement, which the maturity date is currently December 20, 2029. The financial covenant applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility is only applicable when greater than 35% of the Revolving Credit Facility (including letters of credit not cash collateralized to at least 103%) is outstanding at the end of an applicable fiscal quarter. If such conditions are met, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be required to be less than or equal to 5.50:1.00. Interest on any outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to an interest margin of 1.50% for loans based on the Term Benchmark Loans and SONIA Rate Loans (each, as defined in the Credit Agreement) and 0.50% for loans based on the Base Rate with, in each case, a 0.25% increase when its First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00 but less than or equal to 2.50:1.00 and another 0.25% increase when its First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.50:1.00. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility totaled $30 million and $22 million, respectively, which reduced the availability under the Revolving Credit Facility as of such dates. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2025 and 2024. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $770 million and $778 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility include $14 million that secures Customer Obligation Guarantees at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. 2025 Activities During the year ended December 31, 2025, we prepaid $210 million of the outstanding principal amount of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans. As a result of these prepayments, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2 million, within other expenses, net, for the year ended December 31, 2025, which comprised the proportionate write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discounts. During October 2025, we entered into the Seventeenth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Seventeenth Amendment”) to permit the use of borrowings under the Credit Agreement to repurchase our common shares subject to the conditions set forth therein. As a result, werecorded an immaterial loss on deferred financing costs and fees directly associated with the modification. 2024 Activities During the year ended December 31, 2024, we prepaid $75 million of the outstanding principal amount of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans. As a result of these prepayments, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1 million, within other expenses, net, for the year ended December 31, 2024, which comprised the proportionate write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discounts. During March 2024, we entered into the Fourteenth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Fourteenth Amendment”) to lower the interest rate spread applicable to the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, which continues to be based on the SOFR, from 2.50% to 2.00% and to make related changes to effect such repricing. The other material terms of the Credit Agreement, including the outstanding principal amount and maturity date of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, remained unchanged. As a result of the repricing, we recorded a $2 million loss, within other expenses, net, on financing-related costs related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount and fees incurred to complete the repricing. During June 2024, we entered into the Fifteenth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Fifteenth Amendment”), to among other things, increase commitments available pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility from $550 million to $800 million and extend thematurity of the Revolving Credit Facility from May 2026 to June 2029, provided that such date would be accelerated in certain circumstances as set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Fifteenth Amendment. As a result, we recorded $4 million of incremental deferred financing costs to other assets within the consolidated balance sheets during the year ended December 31, 2024. During November 2024, we entered into the Sixteenth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Sixteenth Amendment”) to lower the interest rate spread applicable to the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, which continues to be based on SOFR, from 2.00% to 1.75% and to make related changes to effect such repricing. The other material terms of the Credit Agreement, including the outstanding principal amount and maturity date of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, remained unchanged. As a result of the repricing, we recorded a $2 million loss, within other expenses, net, on financing-related costs related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount and fees incurred to complete the repricing. 95
Page 96
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) 2023 Activities Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, on July 1, 2023, an interest rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate was automatically replaced with an interest rate based on the SOFR as the interest rate benchmark for loans denominated in U.S. Dollars under the Revolving Credit Facility available under the Credit Agreement. On the same date, we entered into the Twelfth Amendment to the Credit Agreement to reflect this transition and make other related conforming changes to the Credit Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we prepaid $200 million of the outstanding principal amount of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans. As a result of these prepayments, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $3 million, within other expenses, net, for the yearended December 31, 2023, which comprised the proportionate write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discounts. During August 2023, we entered into the Thirteenth Amendment to the Credit Agreement to lower the interest rate spread applicable to the 2029 Dollar Term Loans from 3.00% to 2.50% when bearing interest at a rate based on SOFR. The other material terms of the Credit Agreement, including the outstanding principal amount and maturity date of the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, remained unchanged. As a result of the repricing, we recorded a $4 million loss. within other expenses, net, on financing-related costs during the year ended December 31, 2023, of which $2 million related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount and $2 million related to fees incurred to complete the repricing. Senior Notes Our senior notes (the “Senior Notes”) presently consist of 4.750% senior notes due 2027 (the “2027 Dollar Senior Notes”), 3.375% senior notes due 2029 (the “2029 Dollar Senior Notes”) and 7.250% senior notes due 2031 (the “2031 Dollar Senior Notes”), each of which is governed by an indenture. Since inception, we have held various senior notes that have been subject to several supplemental indentures. For additional detail regarding earlier activities and terms, refer to our previous Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC. i) 2027 Dollar Senior Notes The 2027 Dollar Senior Notes were issued at par and are due June 15, 2027. The 2027 Dollar Senior Notes bear interest at 4.750% which is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 . We have the option to redeem all or part of the 2027 Dollar Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on or after June 15 of the years indicated: Period 2027 Dollar SeniorNotes Percentage 2025 and thereafter 100.000 % Upon the occurrence of certain change of control triggering events, holders of the 2027 Dollar Senior Notes have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of the 2027 Dollar Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. The indebtedness under the 2027 Dollar Senior Notes is senior unsecured indebtedness of Axalta Coatings Systems, LLC (the “U.S. Issuer”) and the Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holdings B.B.V. (the “Dutch Issuer”) (the U.S. Issuer and the Dutch Issuer collectively, the “2027 Notes Co-Issuers”), is senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the 2027 Notes Co-Issuers and the guarantors and is equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the 2027 Notes Co-Issuers and the guarantors. The 2027 Dollar Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the 2027 Notes Co-Issuers and the guarantors (including indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The 2027 Dollar Senior Notes, subject to local law limitations, are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and each of its existing and future direct and indirect subsidiaries that is a borrower under or that guarantees the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The indenture governing the 2027 Dollar Senior Notes contains covenants that limit the Company’s (and its subsidiaries’) ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions; (iii) make other restricted payments or investments; (iv) create liens on assets; (v) transfer or sell assets; (vi) create restrictions on payment of dividends or other amounts by the Company to the Company’s restricted subsidiaries; (vii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and (ix) designate the Company’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. th th th 96
Page 97
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) ii) 2029 Dollar Senior Notes The 2029 Dollar Senior Notes were issued at par and are due February 15, 2029. The 2029 Dollar Senior Notes bear interest at 3.375% which is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 . We have the option to redeem all or part of the 2029 Dollar Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) on or after February 15 of the years indicated: Period 2029 Dollar SeniorNotes Percentage 2025 100.844 % 2026 and thereafter 100.000 % Upon the occurrence of certain change of control triggering events, holders of the 2029 Dollar Senior Notes have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of the 2029 Dollar Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. The 2029 Dollar Senior Notes, subject to local law limitations, are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and each of its existing and future direct and indirect subsidiaries that is a borrower under or that guarantees the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Under certain circumstances, the guarantors may be released from their guarantees without the consent of the holders of the applicable series of notes. The indebtedness under the 2029 Dollar Senior Notes is senior unsecured indebtedness of the U.S. Issuer, is senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the U.S. Issuer and guarantors and is equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the U.S. Issuer and guarantors. The 2029 Dollar Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the U.S. Issuer and guarantors (including indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The indenture governing the 2029 Dollar Senior Notes contains covenants that limit the Company’s (and its subsidiaries’) ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions; (iii) make other restricted payments or investments; (iv) create liens on assets; (v) transfer or sell assets; (vi) create restrictions on payment of dividends or other amounts by the Company to the Company’s restricted subsidiaries; (vii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and (ix) designate the Company’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. iii) 2031 Dollar Senior Notes The 2031 Dollar Senior Notes were issued at par and are due February 15, 2031. The 2031 Dollar Senior Notes bear interest at 7.250% which is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 . We have the option to redeem all or part of the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) on or after November 15 of the years indicated: Period 2031 Dollar SeniorNotes Percentage 2026 103.625 % 2027 101.813 % 2028 and thereafter 100.000 % Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to November 15, 2026, we may at our option redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the indenture governing the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes) at a redemption price of 107.250% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. At least 50% of the original aggregate principal of the notes must remain outstanding after each such redemption. Upon the occurrence of certain change of control triggering events, holders of the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. th th th th th th 97
Page 98
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) The 2031 Dollar Senior Notes, subject to local law limitations, are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and each of its existing and future direct and indirect subsidiaries that is a borrower under or that guarantees the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Under certain circumstances, the guarantors may be released from their guarantees without the consent of the holders of the applicable series of notes. The indebtedness under the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes is senior unsecured indebtedness of the Dutch Issuer, is senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the Dutch Issuer and the guarantors and is equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Dutch Issuer and the guarantors. The 2031 Dollar Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the Dutch Issuer and the guarantors (including indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The indenture governing the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes contains covenants that limit the Company’s (and its subsidiaries’) ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions; (iii) make other restricted payments or investments; (iv) create liens on assets; (v) transfer or sell assets; (vi) create restrictions on payment of dividends or other amounts by the Company to the Company’s restricted subsidiaries; (vii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and (ix) designate the Company’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. 2025 Activities None. 2024 Activities None. 2023 Activities In November 2023, we issued $500 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes. The net proceeds from the 2031 Dollar Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, were used to redeem the €450 million aggregate principal amount, with USD equivalent of $489 million, of 3.750% Euro Senior Notes due 2025 (“Redeemed Notes”) and pay related transaction costs and expenses (“November 2023 Notes Refinancing”). In connection with the November 2023 Notes Refinancing, we incurred $8 million in third party fees, of which $6 million was paid concurrently with the issuance, and $1 million was accrued. We also recorded a $2 million loss on extinguishment of debt relating to the write off of unamortized deferred financing costs attributable to the Redeemed Notes. Future repayments Below is a schedule of required future repayments of all borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2025. 2026 $ 20 2027 521 2028 21 2029 2,129 2030 5 Thereafter 529 Total borrowings $ 3,225 Unamortized original issue discount (9) Unamortized deferred financing costs (17) Total borrowings, net $ 3,199 (19) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, HEDGING ACTIVITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS Fair value of financial instruments Equity securities with readily determinable fair values - Balances of equity securities are recorded within other assets, with any changes in fair value recorded within other expense, net. The fair values of equity securities are based upon quoted market prices, which are considered Level 1 inputs. 98
Page 99
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Long-term borrowings - The estimated fair values of these borrowings are based on recent trades, as reported by a third-party pricing service. Due to the infrequency of trades, these inputs are considered to be Level 2 inputs. Derivative instruments - The Company’s interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts are valued using broker quotations, or market transactions in either the listed or over-the-counter markets. As such, these derivative instruments are included in the Level 2 hierarchy. Fair value of contingent consideration Contingent consideration from business acquisitions is valued using a probability-weighted expected payment method that considers the timing of expected future cash flows and the probability of whether key elements of the contingent event are completed. The fair value of contingent consideration is valued at each balance sheet date, until amounts become payable, with adjustments recorded within other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Due to the significant unobservable inputs used in the valuations, these liabilities are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The table below presents the fair values of our financial instruments measured on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2025 and 2024. December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets Prepaid expenses and other current assets: Cross-currency swaps — 5 — 5 — 12 — 12 Other assets: Cross-currency swaps — — — — — 5 — 5 Investments in equity securities 1 — — 1 1 — — 1 Liabilities Other accrued liabilities: Interest rate swaps — — — — — 1 — 1 Cross-currency swaps — 51 — 51 — — — — Contingent consideration — — 6 6 — — 2 2 Other liabilities: Cross-currency swaps — 50 — 50 — — — — Long-term borrowings: 2029 Dollar Term Loans — 1,481 — 1,481 — 1,709 — 1,709 2027 Dollar Senior Notes — 501 — 501 — 490 — 490 2029 Dollar Senior Notes — 674 — 674 — 637 — 637 2031 Dollar Senior Notes — 527 — 527 — 519 — 519 (1) Net investment hedge (2) Cash flow hedge The table below presents a roll forward of activity for the Level 3 liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2025. Fair Value Using SignificantUnobservable Inputs(Level 3) Beginning balance at January 1, 2025 $ 2 Contingent consideration from business acquisitions 6 Change in fair value (1) Foreign currency translation (1) Ending balance at December 31, 2025 $ 6 Derivative Financial Instruments We selectively use derivative instruments to reduce market risk associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The use of derivatives is intended for hedging purposes only, and we do not enter into derivative instruments for speculative purposes. A description of each type of derivative used to manage risk is included in the following paragraphs and our policies regarding accounting treatments of derivative movements are detailed in Note 1. (1) (1) (2) (1) (1) 99
Page 100
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Derivative Instruments Qualifying and Designated as Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges Interest Rate Swaps Designated as Cash Flow Hedges During the year ended December 31, 2025, an interest rate swap associated with the 2029 Dollar Term Loans, which was previously executed in 2024, was set to expire on September 30, 2025, was effectively terminated on September 25, 2025, and a new interest rate swap was simultaneously issued as is set forth in the below table. This interest rate swap is marked to market at each reporting date and any unrealized gains or losses are included in unrealized (gain) loss on derivatives within AOCI. Former Current Notional amount $ 475 $ 150 $ 150 $ 175 Interest rate pay 2.720 % 0.5% - 4.256% 4.692 % 3.303 % Interest rate receive 3-month SOFR 3-month SOFR 3-month SOFR 3-month SOFR Initial effective date 4/10/2018 3/31/2023 3/27/2024 9/25/2025 Maximum expiration date 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 9/30/2025 6/30/2028 (1) The interest rate swap was terminated early on March 27, 2024. (2) The interest rate swap was effectively terminated on September 25, 2025. Cross-Currency Swaps Designated as Net Investment Hedges During the year ended December 31, 2025, a fixed-for-fixed cross-currency swap, which was previously executed in 2024 and was set to expire on September 30, 2025, was effectively amended to extend the maturity to June 30, 2028, reset the terms, and increase the notional value as is set forth in the below table. This cross-currency swap is marked to market at each reporting date, and any unrealized gains or losses subject to the assessment of the hedge’s effectiveness are included in unrealized currency translation adjustments within AOCI. Gains and losses for hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized over the life of the hedge on a systematic and rational basis. Former Current Notional exchanged $ 475 $ 150 $ 150 $ 500 $ 175 $ 365 Interest rate receive 4.470 % 7.256 % 6.692 % 7.250 % 5.053 % 3.375 % Notional received € 417 € 142 € 142 € 467 € 166 € 335 Interest rate pay 1.440 % 5.697 % 4.899 % 5.623 % 3.295 % 2.040 % Initial effective date 11/07/2018 3/31/2023 3/27/2024 11/17/2023 9/25/2025 11/24/2018 Maximum expiration date 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 9/30/2025 11/15/2026 6/30/2028 2/15/2029 (1) The cross-currency swap was terminated early on March 27, 2024. (2) The cross-currency swap was effectively amended on September 25, 2025. The following tables set forth the locations and amounts recognized during the year ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 for these cash flow and net investment hedges. Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Derivatives in Cash Flowand Net Investment Hedges Location of (Gain) LossRecognized in Income onDerivatives Net Amount of(Gain) LossRecognized inOCI onDerivatives Amount ofGainRecognized inIncome Net Amount ofLoss (Gain)Recognized inOCI onDerivatives Amount ofGainRecognized inIncome Net Amountof (Gain) LossRecognized inOCI onDerivatives Amount ofGainRecognized inIncome Interest rate swaps Interest expense, net (1) — 1 — (2) (4) Cross-currency swaps Interest expense, net 101 (17) (70) (16) 47 (10) (1) (2) (1) (2) 100
Page 101
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Over the next 12 months, we expect no gain or loss pertaining to cash flow hedges to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings. Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Cash Flow Hedges We periodically enter into foreign currency forward and option contracts to reduce market risk and hedge our balance sheet exposures and cash flows for subsidiaries with exposures denominated in currencies different from the functional currency of the relevant subsidiary. These contracts have not been designated as hedges and all gains and losses are marked to market through other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations. Fair value gains and losses of derivative contracts, as determined using Level 2 inputs, that have not been designated for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in earnings as follows: Derivatives Not Designated asHedging Instruments underASC 815 Location of (Gain) LossRecognized in Income onDerivatives Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Foreign currency forward contracts Other expense, net $ (16) $ (1) $ 1 (20) SEGMENTS The Company identifies an operating segment as a component: (i) that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses; (ii) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and (iii) that has available discrete financial information. We have two operating segments, which are also our reportable segments: Performance Coatings and Mobility Coatings. The CODM reviews financial information at the operating segment level to allocate resources and to assess the operating results and financial performance for each operating segment. Our CODM is identified as the Chief Executive Officer because he has final authority over performance assessment and resource allocation decisions. Our segments are based on the type and concentration of customers served, service requirements, methods of distribution and major product lines. Through our Performance Coatings segment, we provide high-quality liquid and powder coatings solutions to both large regional and global OEMs and to a fragmented and local customer base. These customers comprise independent or multi-shop operator body shops as well as a wide variety of industrial manufacturers. We are one of only a few suppliers with the technology to provide precise color matching and highly durable coatings systems. The end-markets and reporting units within this segment are refinish and industrial. Through our Mobility Coatings segment, we provide coatings technologies for light vehicle and commercial vehicle OEMs. These global customers are faced with evolving megatrends in electrification, sustainability, personalization and autonomous driving that require a high level of technical expertise. The OEMs require efficient, environmentally responsible coatings systems that can be applied with a high degree of precision, consistency and speed. The end-markets and reporting units within this segment are light vehicle and commercial vehicle. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is the primary measure used by our CODM to evaluate financial performance of the operating segments and allocate resources and is therefore our measure of segment profitability in accordance with GAAP under ASC 280, Segment Reporting. Asset information is not reviewed or included with our internal management reporting. Therefore, we have not disclosed asset information for each reportable segment. The following table presents relevant information of our reportable segments. 101
Page 102
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Net sales : Refinish $ 2,051 $ 2,164 $ 2,084 Industrial 1,226 1,291 1,324 Total Net sales Performance Coatings 3,277 3,455 3,408 Light Vehicle 1,438 1,405 1,340 Commercial Vehicle 402 416 436 Total Net sales Mobility Coatings 1,840 1,821 1,776 Total Net sales $ 5,117 $ 5,276 $ 5,184 Segment Adjusted EBITDA: Performance Coatings $ 788 $ 838 $ 742 Mobility Coatings 340 278 209 Total $ 1,128 $ 1,116 $ 951 Investment in unconsolidated affiliates: Performance Coatings $ 1 $ 2 $ 2 Mobility Coatings 11 9 9 Total $ 12 $ 11 $ 11 (1) The Company has no intercompany sales between segments. The following tables reconcile net sales to Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023: Year Ended December 31, 2025 PerformanceCoatings MobilityCoatings Total Net sales $ 3,277 $ 1,840 $ 5,117 Segment cost of goods sold 1,767 1,180 2,947 Other segment items 722 320 1,042 Segment Adjusted EBITDA $ 788 $ 340 $ 1,128 Year Ended December 31, 2024 PerformanceCoatings MobilityCoatings Total Net sales $ 3,455 $ 1,821 $ 5,276 Segment cost of goods sold 1,849 1,209 3,058 Other segment items 768 334 1,102 Segment Adjusted EBITDA $ 838 $ 278 $ 1,116 Year Ended December 31, 2023 PerformanceCoatings MobilityCoatings Total Net sales $ 3,408 $ 1,776 $ 5,184 Segment cost of goods sold 1,898 1,233 3,131 Other segment items 768 334 1,102 Segment Adjusted EBITDA $ 742 $ 209 $ 951 (1) Certain amounts included in cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations are excluded from Segment cost of goods sold regularly provided to the CODM. (2) Other segment items for both segments include certain cost of goods sold not regularly provided to the CODM, selling, general and administrative expenses, other operating charges, research and development expenses, and other expense, net. Certain amounts included in Segment cost of goods sold, including depreciation, are excluded from Segment Adjusted EBITDA and are adjusted for in other segment items. (1) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) 102
Page 103
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) The following table reconciles Segment Adjusted EBITDA to income before income taxes for the periods presented: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Segment Adjusted EBITDA : Performance Coatings $ 788 $ 838 $ 742 Mobility Coatings 340 278 209 Total 1,128 1,116 951 Interest expense, net 176 205 213 Depreciation and amortization 295 280 276 Debt extinguishment and refinancing-related costs 2 5 10 Termination benefits and other employee-related costs 23 67 18 Merger and acquisition-related costs 32 11 3 Site closure costs 6 1 7 Impairment charges — — 15 Foreign exchange remeasurement losses 15 11 23 Long-term employee benefit plan adjustments 12 9 9 Stock-based compensation 25 28 26 Gains on sales of assets (6) — — Environmental charges 2 4 — Other adjustments — (1) (4) Income before income taxes $ 546 $ 496 $ 355 (1) The primary measure of segment operating performance is Segment Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation,amortization and select other items impacting operating results. These other items impacting operating results are items that management has concluded are (i) non-cash items included within net income, (ii) items the Company does not believe are indicative of ongoing operating performance or (iii) non-recurring, unusual orinfrequent items that have not occurred within the last two years or we believe are not reasonably likely to recur within the next two years. Segment AdjustedEBITDA is a key metric that is used by management to evaluate business performance in comparison to budgets, forecasts and prior year financial results, providing ameasure that management believes reflects the Company’s core operating performance, which represents Segment EBITDA adjusted for the select items referred toabove. (a) Represents expenses and associated changes to estimates related to the prepayment, restructuring, and refinancing of our indebtedness, which we do not considerindicative of our ongoing operating performance. (b) Represents expenses and associated changes to estimates related to employee termination benefits, consulting, legal and other employee-related costs associated withrestructuring programs and other employee-related costs. We do not consider these amounts indicative of our ongoing operating performance. (c) Represents merger and acquisition-related expenses, including business combination, negotiation, documentation and integration activity, associated with bothconsummated and unconsummated transactions, all of which we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. (d) Represents costs related to the closure of certain manufacturing sites, which we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. (e) Represents impairment charges, which we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. The losses recorded during the year ended December 31,2023 were primarily due to the decision to demolish assets at a previously closed manufacturing site during the three months ended June 30, 2023 and the then-anticipated exit of a non-core business category in the Mobility Coatings segment during the three months ended March 31, 2023. (f) Represents foreign exchange losses resulting from the remeasurement of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, net of the impacts of our foreigncurrency instruments used to hedge our balance sheet exposures. (g) Represents the non-cash, non-service cost components of long-term employee benefit costs. (h) Represents non-cash impacts associated with stock-based compensation. (i) Represents non-recurring income related to the sales of fixed assets. (j) Represents costs related to certain environmental remediation activities, which we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. (k) Represents costs for certain non-operational or non-cash gains, net, unrelated to our core business and which we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operatingperformance. (1) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) 103
Page 104
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) Geographic Area Information: The following tables provide disaggregated information related to our net sales and long-lived assets. Net sales by region were as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 North America $ 1,761 $ 2,014 $ 2,038 EMEA 1,824 1,784 1,776 Asia Pacific 902 862 781 Latin America 630 616 589 Total $ 5,117 $ 5,276 $ 5,184 Net long-lived assets by region were as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 North America $ 561 $ 539 EMEA 420 362 Asia Pacific 185 185 Latin America 133 95 Total $ 1,299 $ 1,181 (1) Includes Mexico. (2) Net Sales are attributed to countries based on the customer’s location. Sales to customers in China represented approximately 12%, 11% and 10% of the total for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. Sales to customers in Germany represented approximately 7% of the total for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. Mexico represented approximately 6% of the total for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 7% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Brazil represented approximately 5%, 4% and 3% of the total for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Canada, which is included in the North America region, represented approximately 3% of total for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. (3) Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, net. Germany long-lived assets amounted to approximately $230 million and $204 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. China long-lived assets amounted to approximately $156 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024. Mexico long-lived assets amounted to approximately $92 million and $63 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Canada long-lived assets, which are included in the North America region, amounted to approximately $6 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024. (21) ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS UnrealizedCurrencyTranslationAdjustments Pension PlanAdjustments Unrealized(Loss) Gain onDerivatives AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveLoss Balance, December 31, 2024 $ (517) $ (64) $ (1) $ (582) Current year deferrals to AOCI 222 (8) 1 215 Reclassifications from AOCI to Net income (17) 1 — (16) Net Change 205 (7) 1 199 Balance, December 31, 2025 $ (312) $ (71) $ — $ (383) The cumulative income tax expense related to the adjustments for foreign exchange at December 31, 2025 was $1 million. The cumulative income tax benefit related to the adjustments for pension benefits at December 31, 2025 was $29 million. The cumulative income tax expense related to the adjustments for unrealized loss on derivatives at December 31, 2025 was an immaterial amount. See Note 19 for classification within the consolidated statements of operations of the gains and losses on derivatives reclassified from AOCI. (1) (2) (1) (3) 104
Page 105
Table of Contents Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In millions, unless otherwise noted) UnrealizedCurrencyTranslationAdjustments Pension PlanAdjustments UnrealizedLoss onDerivatives AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveLoss Balance, December 31, 2023 $ (374) $ (70) $ — $ (444) Current year deferrals to AOCI (127) 4 (1) (124) Reclassifications from AOCI to Net income (16) 2 — (14) Net Change (143) 6 (1) (138) Balance, December 31, 2024 $ (517) $ (64) $ (1) $ (582) The cumulative income tax expense related to the adjustments for foreign exchange at December 31, 2024 was $1 million. The cumulative income tax benefit related to the adjustments for pension benefits at December 31, 2024 was $27 million. The cumulative income tax benefit related to the adjustments for unrealized gain on derivatives at December 31, 2024 was immaterial. See Note 19 for classification within the consolidated statements of operations of the gains and losses on derivatives reclassified from AOCI. UnrealizedCurrencyTranslationAdjustments Pension PlanAdjustments UnrealizedGain (Loss) onDerivatives AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveLoss Balance, December 31, 2022 $ (434) $ (36) $ 3 $ (467) Current year deferrals to AOCI 70 (35) 2 37 Reclassifications from AOCI to Net income (10) 1 (5) (14) Net Change 60 (34) (3) 23 Balance, December 31, 2023 $ (374) $ (70) $ — $ (444) The cumulative income tax benefit related to the adjustments for foreign exchange at December 31, 2023 was $1 million. The cumulative income tax benefit related to the adjustments for pension benefits at December 31, 2023 was $29 million. The cumulative income tax benefit related to the adjustments for unrealized gain on derivatives at December 31, 2023 was immaterial. See Note 19 for classification within the consolidated statements of operations of the gains and losses on derivatives reclassified from AOCI. 105
Page 106
Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures As required by Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a- 15(e) or 15d-15(e) under Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures. No matter how well designed and operated, disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable, rather than absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Based on the foregoing, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2025. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a- 15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is included herein. Changes in internal control over financial reporting There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION During the three months ended December 31, 2025, no director or “officer” of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K. ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS None. 106
Page 107
Table of Contents PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information about the Company’s directors required by Item 10 and not otherwise set forth below is contained under the caption “Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors” in Axalta’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of Members (the “Proxy Statement”) which the Company anticipates filing with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, and is incorporated herein by reference. The executive officers of the Company are elected by the Board. The information required by this item concerning the Company’s executive officers is incorporated by reference herein from Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Information About Our Executive Officers.” Axalta has an insider trading policy governing the purchase, sale and other dispositions of Axalta’s securities that applies to all personnel of Axalta and its subsidiaries, including directors, officers and employees and other covered persons, as well as Axalta itself. Axalta believes that its insider trading policy is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, as well as applicable listing standards. A copy of Axalta’s insider trading policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information regarding the Company’s Audit Committee, code of ethics, and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is included in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Corporate Governance Matters and Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” respectively, and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by Item 11 is contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report” and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS The information required by Item 12 is contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by Item 13 is contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Director Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by Item 14 is contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Proposal No. 2: Appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Auditor” and is incorporated herein by reference. 107
Page 108
Table of Contents PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a)(1) The Company’s 2025 Consolidated Financial Statements and Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (a)(2) The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 should be read in conjunction with the previously referenced financial statements: SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for the years ended December 31: (in millions) Balance at Beginning ofYear Additions Deductions Balance at End of Year 2025 $ 25 9 (5) $ 29 2024 $ 25 9 (9) $ 25 2023 $ 23 5 (3) $ 25 (1) Deductions include uncollectible accounts written off and foreign currency translation impact. Inventory reserve for the years ended December 31: (in millions) Balance at Beginning ofYear Additions Deductions Balance at End of Year 2025 $ 17 37 (32) $ 22 2024 $ 27 36 (46) $ 17 2023 $ 17 49 (39) $ 27 (1) Deductions include inventory written off and foreign currency translation impact. Deferred tax asset valuation allowances for the years ended December 31: (in millions) Balance at Beginning ofYear Additions Deductions Balance at End of Year 2025 $ 250 87 — $ 337 2024 $ 234 33 (17) $ 250 2023 $ 194 41 (1) $ 234 (1) Additions and deductions include the impact of foreign currency translation. (a)(3) The following exhibits are filed as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS 2.1* Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2012, by and between E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company and FlashBermuda Co. Ltd. (n/k/a Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’sRegistration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271) originally filed with the SEC on August 20, 2014) 2.2* Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2013, by and between E. I. du Pont de Nemours andCompany and Flash Bermuda Co. Ltd. (n/k/a Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 tothe Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), originally filed with the SEC on August 20,2014) 2.3* Sale and Purchase Agreement related to U-POL Holdings Limited, dated as of July 6, 2021, by and between theInstitutional and Management Sellers and Axalta Coating Systems UK Holding Limited and Axalta Coating SystemsLtd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733)filed with the SEC on October 25, 2021) 2.4* Minority Sale and Purchase Agreement related to U-POL Holdings Limited, dated as of July 6, 2021, by and betweenthe Minority Sellers and Axalta Coating Systems UK Holding Limited and Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (incorporatedby reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SECon October 25, 2021) (1) (1) (1) (1) 108
Page 109
Table of Contents 2.5* Merger Agreement, dated November 18, 2025, by and among Akzo Nobel N.V. and Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filedwith the SEC on November 18, 2025) 3.1* Amended Memorandum of Association of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 ofAmendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC onOctober 14, 2014) 3.2* Second Amended and Restated Bye-laws of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 tothe Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on May 3, 2018) 4.1* Specimen Common Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’sRegistration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC on October 30, 2014) 4.2* Description of the Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the SecuritiesExchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (FileNo. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on February 19, 2020) 4.3* Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2020, by and among Axalta Coating Systems, LLC and Axalta Coating Systems DutchHolding B.B.V., as issuers, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee(including the form of Note) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on June 15, 2020) 4.4* Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2020, by and among Axalta Coating Systems, LLC, as issuer, the guarantorsnamed therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (including the form of Note) (incorporated byreference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC onNovember 24, 2020) 4.5* Indenture, dated as of November 17, 2023, by and among Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V., theguarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (including the form of Note)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K) (File No. 011-36733), filedwith the SEC on November 17, 2023 10.1* Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, among Flash Dutch 2 B.V. (n/k/a Axalta Coating Systems DutchHolding B B.V.) and U.S. Coatings Acquisition Inc. (n/k/a Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc.), as borrowers,Flash Dutch 1 B.V. (n/k/a Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding A B.V.), Coatings Co. U.S. Inc. (n/k/a Axalta CoatingSystems U.S., Inc.), Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, andthe other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement onForm S-1 (File No. 333-198271), originally filed with the SEC on August 20, 2014) 10.2* Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2014, by and among Axalta Coating Systems DutchHolding B B.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc. (f/k/aCoatings Co. U.S. Inc.), Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding A B.V., and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrativeagent, collateral agent and designated 2014 Specified Refinancing Term Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), originally filed with the SEC onAugust 20, 2014) 10.3* Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2016, among Axalta Coating Systems Dutch HoldingB B.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as Borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc., AxaltaCoating Systems Dutch Holding A B.V., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to timeparties thereto as Lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other agents andarrangers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.001-36733), filed with the SEC on August 2, 2016) 10.4* Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2016, among Axalta Coating Systems DutchHolding B B.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc.,Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding A B.V., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time totime parties thereto as lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agentsand arrangers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K(File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on December 15, 2016) 10.5* Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2017, among Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding BB.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc., Axalta CoatingSystems Dutch Holding A B.V., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time partiesthereto as lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents and arrangersparty thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on June 1, 2017) 109
Page 110
Table of Contents 10.6* Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2018, among Axalta Coating Systems Dutch HoldingB B.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc., AxaltaCoating Systems Dutch Holding A B.V., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to timeparties thereto as lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents andarrangers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (FileNo. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on April 11, 2018) 10.7* Amendment No. 7 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2018, among Axalta Coating Systems DutchHolding B B.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc.,Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding A B.V., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time totime parties thereto as lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agentsand arrangers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K(File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2018) 10.8* Amendment No. 8 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2019, among Axalta Coating Systems Dutch HoldingB B.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as Borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc., AxaltaCoating Systems Ltd., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto asLenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other agents and arrangers partythereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733),filed with the SEC on June 28, 2019). 10.9* Amendment No. 9 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2020, among Axalta Coating Systems DutchHolding B B.V. and Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., as Borrowers, Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc.,Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time partiesthereto as Lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other agents andarrangers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.80 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K(File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on February 18, 2021). 10.10* Tenth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2021, among Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., Axalta CoatingSystems Dutch Holding B B.V., Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc., certainlenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 12, 2021) 10.11* Eleventh Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement, datedas of December 20, 2022, among Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V., AxaltaCoating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., Axalta Coating Systems U.S., Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto,certain lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated byreference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC onDecember 20, 2022) 10.12* Twelfth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2023, executed and delivered by Barclays Bank PLC, asadministrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (FileNo. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on November 1, 2023 10.13* Thirteenth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2023, among Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., AxaltaCoating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V., Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., Axalta Coating Systems U.S.,Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto, certain lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrativeagent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K(File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on August 18, 2023) (the conformed Credit Agreement attached as Annex A tothe Thirteenth Amendment reflects the inclusion of the amendment provisions of all thirteen amendments to the CreditAgreement) 10.14*^ Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to Amendment No. 3 to theRegistrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC on October 30, 2014) 10.15*^ Axalta Coating Systems Bermuda Co., Ltd. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 toAmendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC onOctober 14, 2014) 10.16*^ Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Axalta Coating Systems Bermuda Co., Ltd. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC on October 14, 2014) 110
Page 111
Table of Contents 10.17*^ Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to AmendmentNo. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC on October 30,2014) 10.18*^ Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated byreference to Exhibit 10.57 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC on October 30, 2014) 10.19*^ Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733),filed with the SEC on April 28, 2016) 10.20*^ Axalta Coating Systems, LLC Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 toAmendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198271), filed with the SEC onOctober 14, 2014) 10.21*^ Form of Second Amended and Restated Executive Restrictive Covenant and Severance Agreement (incorporated byreference to Exhibit 10.57 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC onFebruary 22, 2018) 10.22*^ Form of Stock Option Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the Registrant’sQuarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2018) 10.23*^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the Registrant’sQuarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on April 25, 2018) 10.24*^ Form of Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the Registrant’sQuarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on July 26, 2018) 10.25*^ Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 tothe Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on April 26, 2021) 10.26*^ Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 tothe Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on August 1, 2023) 10.27*^ Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 tothe Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on April 26, 2022) 10.28*^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to theRegistrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on April 26, 2022) 10.29*^ Letter Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2022, between Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. and Chrishan Villavarayan(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filedwith the SEC on November 16, 2022) 10.30*^ Executive Restrictive Covenant and Severance Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2022, among Axalta CoatingSystems Ltd., Axalta Coating Systems, LLC and Chrishan Villavarayan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 tothe Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on November 16, 2022) 10.31*^ Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Amended and Restated 2014 Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 3, 2018, filedwith the SEC on May 3, 2018) 10.32*^ Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Second Amended and Restated 2014 Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference toAppendix B to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on April 25, 2023) 10.33*^ Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (Adjusted EBITDA) (incorporated by referenceto Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 2,2023) 10.34*^ Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (Relative TSR) (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 2,2023) 111
Page 112
Table of Contents 10.35*^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to theRegistrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 2, 2023) 10.36*^ Letter Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2023, between Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. and Carl Anderson (incorporated byreference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC onJuly 19, 2023) 10.37* Fourteenth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2024, among Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., AxaltaCoating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V., Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., Axalta Coating Systems U.S.,Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto, certain lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrativeagent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K(File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on March 18, 2024) 10.38*^ Performance Share Unit Retirement Provisions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s QuarterlyReport on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 1, 2024) 10.39*^ Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (Adjusted EBITDA) (incorporated by referenceto Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 1,2024) 10.40* Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (Relative TSR) (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 1,2024) 10.41* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to theRegistrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 1, 2024) 10.42* Fifteenth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2024, among Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., AxaltaCoating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V., Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., Axalta Coating Systems U.S.,Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto, certain lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrativeagent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K(File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on June 24, 2024) 10.43* Sixteenth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2024, among Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.,Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V., Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., Axalta Coating SystemsU.S., Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto, certain lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, asadministrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Reporton Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on November 26, 2024) 10.44* Seventeenth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2025, among Axalta Coating Systems DutchHolding B B.V., Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc., certain lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, asadministrative agent and a lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on October 28, 2025) 10.45* Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (Adjusted EPS) (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 7,2025) 10.46* Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (Relative TSR) (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 7,2025) 10.47* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to theRegistrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on May 7, 2025) 10.48* Separation and Release Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2025, between Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. and ShelleyBausch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733)filed with the SEC on May 7, 2025) 10.49*^ Form of Retention Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on December 19, 2025) 10.50^ Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy 19.1* Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Insider Trading Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1 to the Registrant'sAnnual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2025) 21.1 List of Subsidiaries 23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 112
Page 113
Table of Contents 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 32.1† Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of theSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 32.2† Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of theSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 97.1* Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Dodd-Frank Incentive Compensation Recoupment Policy (incorporated by reference toExhibit 97.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-36733) filed with the SEC on February 15,2024) 101 INS - XBRL Instance Document. The document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags areembedded within the inline XBRL document 101 SCH - XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 101 CAL - XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101 DEF - XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 101 LAB - XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 101 PRE - XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document) * Previously filed. ^ Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. † In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release No. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule:Management’s Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange ActPeriodic Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-Kand will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certifications will not be deemedto be incorporated by reference into any filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent thatthe registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. ** Exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). TheCompany agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 113
Page 114
Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized on February 13, 2026. AXALTA COATING SYSTEMS LTD. By: /s/ Chris Villavarayan Chris Villavarayan Chief Executive Officer and President Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned duly authorized. Signature Title Date /s/ Chris Villavarayan Chief Executive Officer and President and Director February 13, 2026 Chris Villavarayan (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Carl D. Anderson II Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer February 13, 2026 Carl D. Anderson II (Principal Financial Officer) /s/ Anthony Massey Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer February 13, 2026 Anthony Massey (Principal Accounting Officer) /s/ Rakesh Sachdev Chair of the Board and Director February 13, 2026 Rakesh Sachdev /s/ Jan Bertsch Director February 13, 2026 Jan Bertsch /s/ William M. Cook Director February 13, 2026 William M. Cook /s/ Tyrone M. Jordan Director February 13, 2026 Tyrone M. Jordan /s/ Deborah J. Kissire Director February 13, 2026 Deborah J. Kissire /s/ Samuel L. Smolik Director February 13, 2026 Samuel L. Smolik /s/ Kevin M. Stein Director February 13, 2026 Kevin M. Stein /s/ Mary S. Zappone Director February 13, 2026 Mary S. Zappone 114
Page 115
Exhibit 10.50 Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy Effective: November 17, 2025 This Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy (this “Policy”) sets forth the severance benefits available to Covered Employees (as defined below) of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (the “Company” and as the context requires the Company shall include the Company’s subsidiaries) in the event a Covered Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated under certain circumstances as provided herein and certain restrictive covenants in favor of the Company. 1. Eligibility. Except as provided below, an individual will only be eligible to participate in this Policy if such individual has been specifically designated as eligible to participate in this Policy by action of the Policy Administrator (each, a “Covered Employee”). The initial Covered Employees are set forth on Exhibit A. In the event the employment of any Covered Employee is replaced following the Effective Date by the employment of an individual with comparable responsibilities and duties as such Covered Employee, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company, such individual shall be eligible to participate in this Policy. The eligibility of the Covered Employees to participate in this Policy may, but is not required to be, reflected in the terms of a “Participation Agreement” substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. 2. Severance. (a) Severance Upon Qualifying Termination. If a Covered Employee has a Qualifying Termination that does not occur within a Change in Control Protection Period, then subject to the requirements of this Section 2, the Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive: (i) Cash Severance Pay. The Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive the Pre-Change in Control Cash Severance Pay, payable in regular installments over the Severance Period in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, except as otherwise provided in clause (g) of Exhibit C. (ii) Unpaid Earned Bonus. To the extent unpaid as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, the Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive any Unpaid Earned Bonus, which amount shall be paid in the Company’s fiscal year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs at the same time annual bonuses are generally paid to similarly situated employees of the Company. (iii) Healthcare Premium Payment. If so indicated on Exhibit A, the Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive a Healthcare Premium Payment, which amount shall be paid in a single lump sum on the First Payment Date, except as otherwise provided in Exhibit C. Sensitivity: Business Internal 1
Page 116
(iv) Outplacement Services. The Covered Employee shall be entitled to outplacement services for a period, as so indicated on Exhibit A, not to exceed twelve months. Services under this Section 2(a)(iv) will be provided by an outside organization selected and paid for by the Company. If the Covered Employee does not notify the Company of the Covered Person’s election to receive such outplacement services within thirty days following the Covered Employee’s Qualifying Termination, the Company will have no obligation to make available such services in accordance with this Section 2(a)(iv); provided, however, that the Company may choose to make available such services in its sole discretion. In no circumstance will the Company pay, or have any obligation to pay, any amount to the Covered Employee in connection with, or in lieu of, the services contemplated under this Section 2(a)(iv). (b) Severance Upon Qualifying Termination Occurring Within a Change in Control Protection Period. If a Covered Employee has a Qualifying Termination that occurs during a Change in Control Protection Period, then subject to the requirements of this Section 2, the Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive: (i) Salary Payment. The Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to the Change in Control Severance Multiple times the Base Amount, payable in a single lump sum on the First Payment Date, except as otherwise provided in clause (g) of Exhibit C. (ii) Change in Control Bonus Amount. If so indicated on Exhibit A, the Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive additional severance pay in an amount equal to the Change in Control Severance Multiple times the Bonus Amount, payable in a single lump sum on the First Payment Date, except as otherwise provided in clause (g) of Exhibit C. (iii) Unpaid Earned Bonus. To the extent unpaid as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, the Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive any Unpaid Earned Bonus, which amount shall be paid in the Company’s fiscal year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs at the same time annual bonuses are generally paid to similarly situated employees of the Company. (iv) Healthcare Premium Payment. If so indicated on Exhibit A, the Covered Employee shall be entitled to receive a Healthcare Premium Payment, which amount shall be paid in a single lump sum on the First Payment Date, except as otherwise provided in Exhibit C. (v) Equity Acceleration. If so indicated on Exhibit A, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any equity award agreement outstanding on the Effective Date, all unvested equity or equity-based awards granted to the Covered Employee under any equity compensation plans of the Company shall immediately become 100% vested, provided that, unless a provision more favorable to the Covered Employee is included in an applicable award agreement, any such awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions shall only be payable subject to the attainment of the performance measures for the applicable performance period as provided under the terms of the applicable award agreement. 2
Page 117
(vi) Outplacement Services. The Covered Employee shall be entitled to outplacement services for a period, as so indicated on Exhibit A, not to exceed twelve months. Services under this Section 2(b)(vi) will be provided by an outside organization selected and paid for by the Company. If the Covered Employee does not notify the Company of the Covered Person’s election to receive such outplacement services within thirty days following the Covered Employee’s Qualifying Termination, the Company will have no obligation to make available such services in accordance with this Section 2(b)(vi); provided, however, that the Company may choose to make available such services in its sole discretion. In no circumstance will the Company pay, or have any obligation to pay, any amount to the Covered Employee in connection with, or in lieu of, the services contemplated under this Section 2(b)(vi). (c) Other Terminations. Upon a Covered Employee’s termination of employment for any reason other than as set forth in Section 2(a) or 2(b), the Company shall not have any other or further obligations to a Covered Employee under this Policy (including any financial obligations). (d) Release. As a condition to a Covered Employee’s receipt of any amounts, or any benefit, set forth in Section 2(a) or 2(b) above, the Covered Employee shall execute and not revoke a general release of all claims, including all known and unknown and current and potential claims, in favor of the Company (the “Release”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (and any statutorily prescribed revocation period applicable to such Release shall have expired) within the thirty (30) day period following the date of the Covered Employee’s Qualifying Termination (or any longer period required by applicable law to secure an effective release of claims). (e) Withholding. All compensation and benefits to a Covered Employee hereunder shall be reduced by all federal, state, local and other withholdings and similar taxes and payments required by applicable law. 3. At-Will Employment Relationship. Unless otherwise required by applicable non-U.S. laws, the Covered Employee’s employment with the Company is at-will and not for any specified period and may be terminated at any time, with or without Cause, by either the Covered Employee or the Company. Nothing in this Policy is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter this at-will relationship. 4. Definitions. For purposes of this Policy, the terms set forth on Exhibit B shall have the meanings specified therein. 5. General Provisions. The general provisions applicable to this Policy are set forth on Exhibit C. * * * * 3
Page 118
Exhibit A* CoveredEmployee andTitle Pre-Change in Control Cash Severance Pay (Section 2(a)(i)) SeverancePeriod HealthcarePremiumPayment(Sections2(a)(iii) and2(b)(iv))(Y/N) Outplace- ment Services Period (Sections 2(a)(iv) and 2(b)(vi)) Change inControlSeveranceMultiple Change inControlBonusAmount(Section 2(b)(ii)) (Y/N) Equity Acceleration (Section 2(b) (v)) (Y/N) * With respect to any Covered Employee whose primary work location is outside of the United States, such Covered Employee’s entitlement to payments under this Policy is limited to the amount that the total cash payments under this Policy exceed the cash payments such Covered Employee is entitled to receive pursuant to applicable law and/or an individual employment and/or severance agreement and/or any cash payments required by applicable law, including cash payments made during a notice of termination that is required by applicable law. By way of example, if an overseas Covered Employee is entitled to cash payments pursuant to contract and/or applicable law (all together, the “Non-Policy Payments”) such Covered Employee will not receive monies under this Policy unless such Non-Policy Payments combined together are less than the amount owed under this Policy, in which case the differential shall be paid to the Covered Employee. Thus, as a further example, if an overseas Covered Employee is entitled to Non-Policy Payments of $200,000 and would be entitled to a cash severance payment under this Policy of $250,000, the Covered Employee will receive the $200,000 in Non-Policy Payments, plus $50,000 under this Policy. If the overseas Covered Employee is entitled to Non-Policy Payments of $300,000 and would receive a cash severance payment under this Policy of $250,000, the Covered Employee will receive the $300,000 in Non-Policy Payments, but will not receive anything under this Policy. For the avoidance of doubt and to the extent eligible under this Policy, the Covered Employee shall receive the equity acceleration set forth in this Policy. Exhibit A – 1
Page 119
Exhibit B Definitions Capitalized terms used in the Policy shall have the following meanings: (a) “Affiliate” means with respect to any person or entity, any other person or entity that, directly or indirectly, throughone or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person or entity. (b) “Average Bonus Amount” means the average annual bonus earned by the Covered Employee for the two full fiscalyears prior to the fiscal year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs; provided, that, if the Covered Employee has onlybeen employed for one full fiscal year prior to the year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs, then “Average BonusAmount” means the annual bonus earned for such full fiscal year; provided, further, if the Covered Employee has not beenemployed for at least one full fiscal year prior to the year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs, then “Average BonusAmount” means the Covered Employee’s Bonus Amount. (c) “Base Amount” means the Covered Employee’s annual base salary at the rate in effect on the day prior to the date ofthe Covered Employee’s Qualifying Termination, without regard to any decrease that may occur after the date of a Change inControl. (d) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. (e) “Bonus Amount” means the Covered Employee’s target annual bonus amount as in effect at the time of the CoveredEmployee’s Qualifying Termination, without regard to any decrease that may occur after the date of a Change in Control. (f) “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (i) the Covered Employee’s failure to (A) substantially perform his or herduties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Covered Employee’s disability) or (B) comply with,in any material respect, any of the Company’s policies; (ii) the Board’s determination that the Covered Employee failed in anymaterial respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board; (iii) the Covered Employee’sbreach of a material provision of this Policy; (iv) the Covered Employee’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolocontendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (v) the CoveredEmployee’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s (or any of itsAffiliate’s) premises or while performing the Covered Employee’s duties and responsibilities for the Company; or (vi) theCovered Employee’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach offiduciary duty against the Company or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and(iii) above, no Cause will have occurred unless and until the Company has: (a) provided the Covered Employee written noticedescribing the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Cause; and (b) provided the Covered Employeewith an opportunity to cure the same within 30 days after the receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the CoveredEmployee shall be provided only one cure opportunity per category of Cause event in any rolling 6 month period. If theCovered Employee fails to cure the same within such 30 days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of theexpiration of the 30-day cure period. (g) “Change in Control” shall mean and includes each of the following: (i) a transaction or series of transactionsoccurring after the Effective Date whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (other than the Company, anyof its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior tosuch transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly orindirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of theCompany possessing 30% or more of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediatelyafter such transaction; (ii) during any 12 month period, individuals Exhibit B – 1
Page 120
who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new members of the Board whose election by theBoard or nomination for election by the Company’s members was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members ofthe Board then still in office who either were members of the Board at the beginning of the one-year period or whose electionor nomination for election was previously so approved (other than (x) an individual whose initial assumption of office is inconnection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company, as such termsare used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, and (y) any member of the Board whoseinitial assumption of office during such 12 month period in connection with a transaction described in clause (g)(iii)(x) belowthat occurs with a non-Affiliate third party), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or (iii) the consummation bythe Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or moreintermediaries) after the Effective Date of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale,lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as asingle plan) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, otherthan a transaction: (i) (a) in the case of clauses (g)(i) and (g)(iii), which results in the Company’s voting securities outstandingimmediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into votingsecurities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company orowns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of theCompany (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, more than 70% of the combinedvoting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and (ii) (b) in the case of clause (g)(iii), after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securitiesrepresenting 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or groupshall be treated for purposes of this clause (b) as beneficially owning 30% or more of combined voting power of the SuccessorEntity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction. (h) “Change in Control Protection Period” means the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and endingon the second anniversary of such Change in Control; provided that, in the case of any Covered Employee for whom an eventconstituting Good Reason has occurred during such two-year period, the Change in Control Protection Period shall not endprior to the applicable Good Reason End Date. (i) “Change in Control Severance Multiple” means that change in control severance multiple set forth opposite suchCovered Employee’s name on Exhibit A under the column “Change in Control Severance Multiple.” (j) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations and otherinterpretive guidance thereunder. (k) “Effective Date” shall mean November 17, 2025. (l) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions without the CoveredEmployee’s written consent: (i) a decrease in the Covered Employee’s Base Amount, other than a reduction in the CoveredEmployee’s Base Amount of less than 10% that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in annualbase salaries affecting other similarly situated employees of the Company, (ii) a material decrease in the Covered Employee’sauthority or areas of responsibility as are commensurate with such Covered Employee’s title or position, or (iii) the relocationof the Covered Employee’s primary office to a location more than 35 miles from the Covered Employee’s then-currentprimary office location. The Covered Employee must provide written notice to the Company of the occurrence of any of theforegoing events or conditions within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event or the date upon which the CoveredEmployee reasonably became aware that such an event or condition had occurred. The Company or any successor or Affiliateshall have a period of thirty (30) days Exhibit B – 2
Page 121
to cure such event or condition after receipt of written notice of such event from the Covered Employee. Any voluntarytermination for “Good Reason” following such thirty (30) day cure period must occur no later than the date that is one (1)year following the date notice was provided by the Covered Employee. The Covered Employee’s voluntary Separation fromService by reason of resignation from employment with the Company for Good Reason shall be treated as involuntary (m) “Good Reason End Date” shall mean, for any Covered Employee who has experienced an event or condition thatconstitutes Good Reason, the final date that such Covered Employee can terminate his or her employment with Good Reasonas a result of such event or condition. (n) “Healthcare Premium Payment” shall mean a payment in an amount equal to the amount of the premiums theCovered Employee would be required to pay under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, asamended (“COBRA”) (without regard to whether the Covered Employee is eligible for or elects COBRA continuationcoverage) to continue the Covered Employee’s and the Covered Employee’s covered dependents’ medical, dental and visioncoverage in effect on the date of the Covered Employee’s Qualifying Termination, which amount shall be calculated bymultiplying the premium amount for the first month of COBRA coverage by (i) in the event of a Qualifying Terminationunder Section 2(a), the number of months in the Severance Period, and (ii) in the event of a Qualifying Termination underSection 2(b), two times the number of months in the Severance Period. (o) “Policy Administrator” means the Board or a committee thereof to which the Board may delegate such function. (p) “Pre-Change in Control Cash Severance Pay” means that amount determined in accordance with the column “Pre-Change in Control Cash Severance Pay” set forth opposite such Covered Employee’s name on Exhibit A. (q) “Qualifying Termination” means (i) in the case of a termination that does not occur during a Change in ControlProtection Period, a termination by the Company of the Covered Employee’s employment with the Company without Causeand (ii) in the case of a termination that occurs during a Change in Control Protection Period, (A) a termination by theCovered Employee of the Covered Employee’s employment with the Company for Good Reason or (B) a termination by theCompany of the Covered Employee’s employment with the Company without Cause. (r) “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” with the Company as such term is defined in TreasuryRegulation Section 1.409A-1(h) and any successor provision thereto. (s) “Severance Period” means that period of time commencing on the effective date of a Covered Employee’sQualifying Termination and ending upon the expiration of that period of time set forth opposite such Covered Employee’sname on Exhibit A under the column “Severance Period.” (t) “Unpaid Earned Bonus” means, to the extent unpaid, an amount of cash equal to any annual bonus earned by theCovered Employee for the Company’s fiscal year prior to the fiscal year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs. Exhibit B – 3
Page 122
Exhibit C General Provisions (u) The following provisions shall apply to the Policy as if stated directly therein: (a) Successors and Assigns. The rights of the Company under this Policy may, without the consent of a CoveredEmployee, be assigned by the Company to any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time acquiresall or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. The Covered Employee shall not be entitled to assign any ofthe Covered Employee’s rights or obligations under this Policy. This Policy shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable bythe Covered Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, deviseesand legatees. (b) Severability. In the event any provision of this Policy is found to be unenforceable by a court of competentjurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as solimited. (c) Governing Law and Venue. This Policy will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the UnitedStates and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any suit broughthereon shall be brought in the state or federal courts sitting in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the Parties hereby waiving anyclaim or defense that such forum is not convenient or proper. Each Party hereby agrees that any such court shall have inpersonam jurisdiction over it and consents to service of process in any manner authorized by Pennsylvania law. (d) Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Policy shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows withnotice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon writtenverification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission;or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the CoveredEmployee at the address set forth below and to the Company at its principal place of business, or such other address as eitherParty may specify in writing. (e) Survival. All Sections of this Policy shall survive termination of the Covered Employee’s employment with theCompany, except Section 3. (f) No Other Rights to Severance Pay or Benefits. To the extent a Covered Employee incurs a Qualifying Terminationand is entitled to receive severance pay or severance benefits under this Policy, the Covered Employee shall not be entitled toany other severance pay or severance benefits from the Company or any of its Affiliates. (g) Code Section 409A. (i) The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Policy comply with or be exempt fromSection 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder(collectively, “Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Policy shall be interpreted to be incompliance therewith. (ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Policy to the contrary, to the extent required to ensure that anycompensation or benefits payable under this Policy to a Covered Employee that is designated under this Policy as payableupon the Covered Employee’s termination of employment comply with or satisfy an exemption from Section 409A of theCode, such compensation and benefits shall be payable only upon the Covered Employee’s “separation from service” with theCompany within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Separation from Service”) and, except as provided below, any suchcompensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the thirtieth(30th) day following the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service (the “First Payment Date”). Any installment paymentsthat would have been made to the Covered Employee during the thirty (30) day Exhibit C – 1
Page 123
period immediately following the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid tothe Covered Employee on the First Payment Date and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Policy. (iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Policy to the contrary, if the Covered Employee is deemed by the Companyat the time of the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, tothe extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which the Covered Employee is entitled under this Policyis required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of the Covered Employee benefitsshall not be provided to the Covered Employee prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured fromthe date of the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service with the Company and (ii) the date of the Covered Employee’sdeath. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferredpursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to the Covered Employee (or the Covered Employee’s estate orbeneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to the Covered Employee under this Policy shall be paid as otherwiseprovided herein. (iv) The Covered Employee’s right to receive any installment payments under this Policy shall be treated as aright to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considereda separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, nopayment hereunder shall be accelerated or deferred unless such acceleration or deferral would not result in additional tax orinterest pursuant to Section 409A. (v) To the extent that any reimbursements under this Policy are subject to Section 409A, any suchreimbursements payable to the Covered Employee shall be paid to the Covered Employee no later than December 31 of theyear following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that the Covered Employee submits the CoveredEmployee’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursedin one year and the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement orin-kind benefits to be provided in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code,and the Covered Employee’s right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits under this Policy will not be subject to liquidation orexchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding anything in this Policy to the contrary, in the event any portion of a Covered Employee’s cash severance payable pursuant to Section 2 did not satisfy an exemption from Section 409A prior to the Effective Date and does not satisfy an exemption from Section 409A at the time of such Covered Employee’s Qualifying Termination, then the timing of such portion of the cash severance that remains subject to Section 409A shall be paid in accordance with the payment timing provisions set forth in any employment agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company, if applicable. In addition, in the event a Change in Control does not constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), any portion of the Covered Employee’s cash severance payable pursuant to Section 2(b) that does not satisfy an exemption from Section 409A shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as the related cash severance would have been paid under Section 2(a). (h) Policy Administration. The Policy Administrator is responsible for the general administration and management of thisPolicy and shall have all powers and duties necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, including, but not limited to, the discretionto interpret and apply this Policy and to determine all questions relating to eligibility for benefits. All actions taken and alldeterminations made in good faith by the Policy Administrator will be final and binding on all persons claiming any interest inor under this Policy. (i) Effective Date of Policy/Amendment. This Policy shall be effective on the Effective Date. The Policy Administratorshall have the power to amend or terminate this Policy from time to time in its Exhibit C – 2
Page 124
discretion and for any reason (or no reason); provided that no such amendment or termination that occurs (i) following theapplicable Covered Employee’s Qualifying Termination, or (ii) during a Change in Control Protection Period, shall impair therights of a Covered Employee prior to the date of such amendment or termination, and provided further that no amendment ortermination of this Policy shall result in an acceleration of the time of payment of any amount hereunder that is deemed to benonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, except as permitted in accordance with TreasuryRegulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4). (j) Source of Funds. Cash amounts payable to a Covered Employee under this Policy shall be from the general funds ofthe entity that pays regular wages to such Covered Employee and its Affiliates, with such entity as the primary obligor withrespect to cash amounts payable to the Covered Employee under this Policy. A Covered Employee's rights to unpaid amountsunder this Policy shall be solely those of an unsecured creditor of such entity. (k) Parachute Payments. (i) It is the objective of this Policy to maximize the Covered Employee’s net after-tax benefit if payments orbenefits provided under this Policy or otherwise are subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. Notwithstandingany other provisions of this Policy, in the event that any payment or benefit by the Company or otherwise to or for the benefitof the Covered Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Policy orotherwise (all such payments and benefits, including the payments and benefits under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof,being hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), would be subject (in whole or in part) to the excise tax imposed bySection 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then payments and benefits shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that noportion of the Total Payments shall be subject to the Excise Tax, but only if (A) the net amount of such Total Payments, as soreduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments andafter taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced TotalPayments), is greater than or equal to (B) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtractingthe net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which theCovered Employee would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase outof itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments). (ii) If payments are to be reduced, they shall be reduced as follows: (A) first from cash severance payments thatare included in full as parachute payments, (B) second from other cash payments that are included in full as parachutepayments, (C) third from equity awards that are included in full as parachute payments, (D) fourth from cash payments thatare partially included as parachute payments and (E) fifth from equity awards that are partially included as parachutepayments, in each instance provided that Section 409A of the Code is complied with and, provided further, that to the greatestextent possible reductions shall be made in a manner that results in the greatest reduction in parachute payments at the leasteconomic cost to the Covered Employee (and, to the extent the economic cost is equivalent, in the inverse order of when thepayment or benefit would have been provided to the Covered Employee), and only payments or benefits (or portions thereof)that, if reduced, would reduce the total amount of parachute payments shall be reduced. To the extent required to companywith Section 409A of the Code, reduction shall first be made to amounts that are exempt from Section 409A and then toamounts that are subject to Section 409A, with any such amounts subject to Section 409A being reduced in inverse order ofwhen the payment or benefit would have been provided to the Covered Employee. For purposes of making the calculationsrequired by this Section (k), the Independent Advisor may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerningapplicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of the Code, and otherapplicable legal authority. (iii) All determinations regarding the application of this Section (k) shall be made by an accounting or consultingfirm with experience in performing calculations regarding the applicability of Section 280G of the Code and the Excise Taxselected by the Company prior to the Change in Control (“Independent Advisors”). For purposes of determining whether andthe extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (A) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt orenjoyment of which the Covered Employee shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a Exhibit C – 3
Page 125
“payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account, (B) no portion of the TotalPayments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of the Independent Advisors, does not constitute a “parachutepayment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code)and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion ofIndependent Advisors, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to suchreasonable compensation and (C) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the TotalPayments shall be determined by the Independent Advisors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4)of the Code. The costs of obtaining such determination and all related fees and expenses (including related fees and expensesincurred in any later audit) shall be borne by the Company. The Independent Advisor’s determinations and conclusions shallbe final and binding on all parties. (iv) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 280G of the Code, it is possible that payments orbenefits will have been paid or provided to or for the Covered Employee’s benefit which should not have been so paid orprovided (each, an “Overpayment”) or that additional payments or benefits which will have not been paid or provided to orfor the Covered Employee’s benefit could have been so paid or provided (each, an “Underpayment”). In the event that theIndependent Advisors, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service that the IndependentAdvisors believe has a high probability of success, determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such Overpaymentpaid or provided shall be repaid by the Covered Employee together with interest at the applicable U.S. Federal rate providedfor in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code; provided, however, that no such repayment shall be required if and to the extentsuch deemed repayment would not either reduce the amount on which the Covered Employee is subject to tax or generate arefund of such taxes. In the event that the Independent Advisors, based on controlling precedent or substantial authority,determines that an Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid or provided to the CoveredEmployee together with interest at the applicable U.S. Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. (l) Fees and Expenses. The Company shall pay its attorney’s fees and expenses and, unless the independent finder of factin the controversy, claim or dispute determines that the Covered Employee’s claim or defense was frivolous or without merit,the Covered Employee’s attorney’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with any controversy, claim or dispute arisingout of or relating to this Policy during a Change in Control Protection Period. Exhibit C – 4
Page 126
Exhibit D General Release of Claims [The language in this Release may change based on legal developments to the extent necessary to secure an effective release of claims.] Separation Agreement and Release This Separation Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between ________ (“Covered Employee”) and [Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., a Bermuda exempted limited liability company] (the “Company” and as the context requires the Company shall include the Company’s subsidiaries) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Policy (as defined below). WHEREAS, the Covered Employee is a participant in that certain Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy of the Company, effective as of November 17, 2025 (the “Policy”); and WHEREAS, in connection with the Covered Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company effective ________, 20__, the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that Covered Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Covered Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates but, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein will be deemed to release any rights or remedies in connection with Covered Employee’s ownership of vested equity securities of the Company[, Covered Employee’s right to receive any gross-up or other reimbursement in respect of taxes incurred under Section 4999 of the Code] or Covered Employee’s right to indemnification by the Company or any of its affiliates pursuant to contract or applicable law (collectively, the “Retained Claims”). NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the severance payments described in Section 2 of the Policy, which, pursuant to the Policy, are conditioned on Covered Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Covered Employee hereby agree as follows: 1. Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits. The Company agrees to provide Covered Employee with theseverance payments and benefits described in Section [2(a)/2(b)] of the Policy, payable at the times set forth in, and subject tothe terms and conditions of, the Policy. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions ofthe Policy, the Company shall pay or provide to Covered Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section[2(a)/2(b)] of the Policy, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof. 2. Release of Claims. Covered Employee agrees that, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, theforegoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Covered Employee by theCompany any of its Affiliates, and any of their current and former officers, directors, equity holders, managers, employees,agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, members, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers,trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees”). To be included for employees who are subject to a gross-up agreement. 1 1 Exhibit D – 1
Page 127
Covered Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Covered Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any oftheir respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, herebyand forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue,any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently knownor unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Covered Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from anyomissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement (as definedin Section 10 below), including, without limitation: (a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Covered Employee’s employment or servicerelationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship; (b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Covered Employee’s right to purchase, or actualpurchase of any common shares or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation,any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, andsecurities fraud under any state or federal law; (c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy;discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fairdealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud;negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economicadvantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion ofprivacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits; (d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limitedto, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans withDisabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the WorkerAdjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (e) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution; (f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment oremployment discrimination; (g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholdingor other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Covered Employee as a result of this Agreement; and (h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs (other than as provided for in the Policy). Covered Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Covered Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Covered Employee’s release of claims herein bars Covered Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Covered Employee’s employment, pursuant to written Exhibit D – 2
Page 128
terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates and Covered Employee’s right under applicable law and any Retained Claims. This release further does not release claims for breach of the Policy. 3. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA. Covered Employee understands and acknowledges thatCovered Employee is waiving and releasing any rights Covered Employee may have under the Age Discrimination inEmployment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Covered Employeeunderstands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA afterthe Effective Date of this Agreement. Covered Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for thiswaiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Covered Employee was already entitled. Covered Employeefurther understands and acknowledges that Covered Employee has been advised by this writing that: (a) Covered Employeeshould consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) Covered Employee has 21 days within which toconsider this Agreement; (c) Covered Employee has 7 days following Covered Employee’s execution of this Agreement torevoke this Agreement pursuant to written notice to the General Counsel of the Company; (d) this Agreement shall not beeffective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes CoveredEmployee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor doesit impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the eventCovered Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the 21 day period identified above,Covered Employee hereby acknowledges that Covered Employee has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time periodallotted for considering this Agreement. 4. Restrictive Covenants. (a) As a condition to receiving benefits under the Policy and in addition to any other non-competition ornon-solicitation provisions between Covered Employee and the Company or any of its Affiliates, Covered Employee shallnot, at any time during the Restriction Period (as defined below), directly or indirectly: i. engage in, have any equity interest in, interview for a potential employment or consulting relationshipwith or manage, provide services to or operate any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as director,officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that engages in any business whichcompetes with any portion of the Business (as defined below) of the Company anywhere in the world. Nothing herein shallprohibit the Covered Employee from practicing law or being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding equityinterest in any entity that is publicly traded, so long as the Covered Employee has no active participation in the business ofsuch entity; or ii.(A) solicit, divert or take away any customers, clients, or business acquisition or other businessopportunity of the Company, (B) contact or solicit, with respect to hiring, or hire any employee of the Company or any personemployed by the Company at any time during the 12 month period immediately preceding the date of termination, (C) induceor otherwise counsel, advise or encourage any employee of the Company to leave the employment of the Company, or (D)induce any distributor, representative or agent of the Company to terminate or modify its relationship with the Company. (b) In the event the terms of this Section 4 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction tobe unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason ofits being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which itmay be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in allother respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action. (c) As used in this Section 4, (i) the term “Company” shall include the Company and its direct andindirect parents and subsidiaries, (ii) the term “Business” shall mean the business of the Exhibit D – 3
Page 129
Company and shall include the manufacturing and sale of automotive and industrial paints, coatings and related products, assuch business may be expanded or altered by the Company during the term of the Covered Employee’s employment with theCompany and (iii) the term “Restriction Period” shall mean, with respect to the Covered Employee, the period beginning onthe date of the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service and ending at the end of the Severance Period; provided,however, that in the event the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits under Section 2(b) of the Policy,the Restriction Period shall continue for a period of months following the Covered Employee’s Separation from Servicedetermined by multiplying the Change in Control Severance Multiple by twelve (12). 5. Condition to Severance Obligations; Claw-back. The Company shall be entitled to cease all severancepayments and benefits to the Covered Employee in the event of the Covered Employee’s breach any of the provision ofSection 4 of this Agreement or of any other non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, confidentiality, orassignment of inventions covenants contained in any other agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company orany of its Affiliates, which other covenants are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. All payments andbenefits provided to the Covered Employee pursuant to the Policy will be subject to any Company claw-back policy adoptedto comply with applicable laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules orregulations promulgated thereunder) and any such payments or benefits may be forfeited, adjusted or subject to recoupment asa result of the implementation of such claw-back policy. 6. Injunctive Relief. A breach of the covenants contained in Section 4 of this Agreement will cause irreparabledamage to the Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that theremedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, as a condition to receiving payments and benefits underthe Policy the Covered Employee shall and does agree that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained inSection 4 of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will beentitled to specific performance and injunctive relief without the requirement to post bond. 7. Severability. In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any survivingagreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal,unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision. 8. No Oral Modification. This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Covered Employee and aduly authorized officer of the Company. 9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of clauses (c) and (d) of Exhibit C to thePolicy. 10. Effective Date. If Covered Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of CoveredEmployee’s termination of employment, then each Party has seven days after that Party signs this Agreement to revoke it andthis Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Covered Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has beensigned by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “Effective Date”). If Covered Employeehas not attained the age of 40 as of the date of Covered Employee’s termination of employment, then the “Effective Date”shall be the date on which Covered Employee signs this Agreement. 11. Voluntary Execution of Agreement. Covered Employee understands and agrees that Covered Employeeexecuted this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any thirdparty, with the full intent of releasing all of Covered Employee’s claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees.Covered Employee acknowledges that: (a) Covered Employee has read this Agreement; (b) Covered Employee has not reliedupon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) CoveredEmployee has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his ownchoice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) Covered Employee understands the terms and consequences of thisAgreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) Covered Employee is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of thisAgreement. Exhibit D – 4
Page 130
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below. Dated: _____________ COVERED EMPLOYEE COMPANY Dated: By: Name: Title: Exhibit D – 5
Page 131
Exhibit E Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy Participation Agreement [DATE] [NAME AND ADDRESS] Re: Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy Dear [PARTICIPANT NAME]: This Participation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between [PARTICIPANT NAME] and Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (the “Company”). The Company adopted the Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenant and Severance Policy (the “Policy”) to assist the Company in retaining its participating employees by increasing stability, improving morale and productivity and reduce participating employees’ concerns regarding the possibility of a Change in Control (as defined in the Policy). A participant in the Policy is eligible to receive severance payments and benefits if the participant’s employment is terminated under certain circumstances, including within a specified period following a Change in Control, as described in the Policy. Although the Company has previously selected you to be a participant in the Policy, to provide additional comfort that you will be appropriately positioned to enforce your rights under the Policy, the Company wishes to memorialize your participation in the Policy by entering into this Agreement. Note that, notwithstanding this Agreement to the contrary, outside of a Change in Control Protection Period, the Company has the right to amend or terminate the Policy and this Agreement will not in any way restrict such rights. A copy of the Policy is attached hereto as Annex A and is deemed to be part of this Agreement. In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Policy, you hereby agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Policy (including, without limitation, Section (k) of Exhibit C to the Policy (Parachute Payments)) while you remain a participant in the Policy and you acknowledge that your execution and delivery of the Release (as defined in the Policy), is a condition to your receipt of any severance payments and benefits described in the Policy. You agree that this Agreement (including Annex A attached hereto) contains all of the understandings and representations between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. You also agree that in the event that any terms of this Agreement and the Policy conflict in any way, Exhibit E – 1
Page 132
the Policy shall control. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. [Remainder of page intentionally left blank] Exhibit E – 2
Page 133
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Agreement by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth below. Please sign below and return this Agreement to the Company’s [General Counsel/Human Resources Department, Attention: [TITLE]/[ALTERNATIVE POSITION OR DEPARTMENT]] by [DATE]. Very truly yours, Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. By: Name: Title: I acknowledge my designation as a participant under the Policy. [PARTICIPANT NAME] By: Name: Date: Exhibit E – 3
Page 134
(a)Annex A (b) [Copy of policy] Exhibit E – 4
Page 135
Exhibit 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant Axalta China Holding Co. Ltd. China Axalta Coating Systems Asia Holding B.V. Netherlands Axalta Coating Systems Belgium BVBA Belgium Axalta Coating Systems Brasil Ltda. Brazil Axalta Coating Systems Deutschland Holding GmbH & Co. KG Germany Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding A B.V. Netherlands Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V. Netherlands Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding 1 B.V. Netherlands Axalta Coating Systems Finance 1 S.a.r.l. Luxembourg Axalta Coating Systems Finance 2 S.a.r.l. Luxembourg Axalta Coating Systems Germany GmbH & Co. KG Germany Axalta Coating Systems GmbH Switzerland Axalta Coating Systems Luxembourg Holding 2 S.a.r.l. Luxembourg Axalta Coating Systems Luxembourg Holding S.a.r.l. Luxembourg Axalta Coating Systems Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. Mexico Axalta Coating Systems Singapore Holding Pte Ltd. Singapore Axalta Coating Systems U.K. Ltd. United Kingdom Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Holdings, Inc. Delaware (USA) Axalta Coating Systems U.S. Inc. Delaware (USA) Axalta Coating Systems UK Holding Ltd. United Kingdom Axalta Coating Systems, LLC Delaware (USA)
Page 136
Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-200229, 333- 224647 and 333-272519) of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. of our report dated February 13, 2026 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania February 13, 2026
Page 137
Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Chris Villavarayan, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 13, 2026 By: /s/ Chris Villavarayan Name: Chris Villavarayan Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
Page 138
Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Carl D. Anderson II, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 13, 2026 By: /s/ Carl D. Anderson II Name: Carl D. Anderson II Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Page 139
Exhibit 32.1 Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 I, Chris Villavarayan, Chief Executive Officer and President of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (the "Company"), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to the best of my knowledge: (1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual period ended December 31, 2025 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 13, 2026 By: /s/ Chris Villavarayan Name: Chris Villavarayan Title: Chief Executive Officer and President This certification accompanies this report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or otherwise subject to liability pursuant to that section. The certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Page 140
Exhibit 32.2 Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 I, Carl D. Anderson II, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. (the "Company"), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to the best of my knowledge: (1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual period ended December 31, 2025 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 13, 2026 By: /s/ Carl D. Anderson II Name: Carl D. Anderson II Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer This certification accompanies this report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or otherwise subject to liability pursuant to that section. The certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.